Merge from emacs--devo--0
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17851 10865))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17851 10813))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17851 10813))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17851 10813))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17851 10852))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17851 10813))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17851 10813))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
677
678 Topic Encryption
679
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
694
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
698
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
703
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724 Extending Allout
725
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
729
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737 Terminology
738
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
750
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764 Topic text constituents:
765
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
779
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
802 the ITEM.
803
804 EXPOSURE:
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 CONCEALED:
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
810
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
814
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
816
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
818
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
821
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
824
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
826
827 ;;;***
828 \f
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17851 10863))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
832
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
834
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
841
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
843
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
845 Not documented
846
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17851 10865))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
854
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
862
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
864
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
868
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
870
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
874
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17851 10813))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
882
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
885
886 \(fn)" t nil)
887
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
890
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
895
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
898
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
900
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
902
903 ;;;***
904 \f
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17851 10866))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
908
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
914 \\[yank].
915
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
919 the rules.
920
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
925
926 \(fn)" t nil)
927
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
930 \\{antlr-mode-map}
931
932 \(fn)" t nil)
933
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
937
938 \(fn)" nil nil)
939
940 ;;;***
941 \f
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17851 10850))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
947
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
952
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
954
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
957
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
959
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
962
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
964
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
968
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
970
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
974
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
976
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
980
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
982
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
986
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
988
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
992
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
994
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
998
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1000
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1003
1004 \(fn)" t nil)
1005
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1013
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1015 function.
1016
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1019
1020 \(fn)" nil nil)
1021
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1026
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1028
1029 ;;;***
1030 \f
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17851 10813))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1035
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1040
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1043
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1045
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1052
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1054 normal variables.
1055
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1057
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1059
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1066
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1069
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1072
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1077
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1080
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1082
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1087
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1092
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1095
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1097
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1099
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1110
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1112
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1119
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1122 bindings.
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1124
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1126
1127 ;;;***
1128 \f
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17851
1130 ;;;;;; 10814))
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1132
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1139
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1142 archive.
1143
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1145
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1147
1148 ;;;***
1149 \f
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17851 10814))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1152
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1155
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1159
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1161
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1165
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1170 The variables are:
1171
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1179
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1183
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1186
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1191
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1196
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1201
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1204
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1207
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1212
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1214
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1216
1217 \(fn)" t nil)
1218
1219 ;;;***
1220 \f
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17851
1222 ;;;;;; 10872))
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1224
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1229
1230 How to quit artist mode
1231
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1233
1234
1235 How to submit a bug report
1236
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1238
1239
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1241
1242 mouse-2
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1245 below).
1246
1247 mouse-1
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1249 or pastes:
1250
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1254 to new point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1271 lines
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Paste Paste Paste
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1283 or diagonally.
1284
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1289 poly-lines.
1290
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1294
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1298
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1300
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1303
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1307
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1309 some time to fill.
1310
1311
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1314
1315
1316 Settings
1317
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1319
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1321
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1323
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1325
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1328
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1330
1331
1332 Drawing with keys
1333
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1340
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1342
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1344
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1351
1352
1353 Arrows
1354
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1360
1361
1362 Selecting operation
1363
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1365
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1386
1387
1388 Variables
1389
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1392
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1412
1413 Hooks
1414
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1417
1418
1419 Keymap summary
1420
1421 \\{artist-mode-map}
1422
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1424
1425 ;;;***
1426 \f
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17851
1428 ;;;;;; 10866))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1430
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1434
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1439
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1442
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1445
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1447
1448 Special commands:
1449 \\{asm-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17851 10814))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1458
1459 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1460 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1461 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1462
1463 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1464
1465 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1466 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1467 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1468 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1469 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1470 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1471 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1472 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1473 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1474 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1475
1476 For example:
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1478 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1479 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1480 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1481 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1482
1483 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1484
1485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1486
1487 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1488 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1489 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1492 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1493
1494 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1495
1496 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1497 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1498 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1499 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1500 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1501 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1502
1503 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1504
1505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1506
1507 ;;;***
1508 \f
1509 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1510 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
1511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1512
1513 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1514 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1515
1516 \(fn)" t nil)
1517
1518 ;;;***
1519 \f
1520 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1521 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17851 10814))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1523
1524 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1525 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1526 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1527
1528 \(fn)" t nil)
1529
1530 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1531 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1532 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1533 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1534
1535 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1536
1537 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1538 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1543
1544 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1545
1546 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1548 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1549 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1550
1551 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1552 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1553
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555
1556 ;;;***
1557 \f
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1559 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1560 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1562
1563 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1568
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1570
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1572
1573 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1579
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1582
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1584
1585 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1588
1589 \(fn)" nil nil)
1590
1591 ;;;***
1592 \f
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17851 10814))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1597
1598 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1600
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1606
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1608
1609 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1611
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1614
1615 \(fn)" nil nil)
1616
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1620
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1626
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1630
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1632
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1634
1635 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1637
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1640
1641 \(fn)" nil nil)
1642
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1649
1650 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1651
1652 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1654
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1658
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1660
1661 ;;;***
1662 \f
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17851 10814))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1666
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1672
1673 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1674
1675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1679
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1683
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1693
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1695
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1699
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1701
1702 ;;;***
1703 \f
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1707
1708 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1710
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1713
1714 For example:
1715
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1720
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1722
1723 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1724
1725 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1726
1727 ;;;***
1728 \f
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (17851 10815))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1733
1734 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1738
1739 \(fn)" t nil)
1740
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1747
1748 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1749
1750 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1755 seconds.
1756
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1758
1759 ;;;***
1760 \f
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17851 10852))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1764
1765 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1769 FORMS once.
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1773
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1775
1776 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1781
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1783
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1789
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1791
1792 ;;;***
1793 \f
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17851
1795 ;;;;;; 10872))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1797
1798 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1799 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1800
1801 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1802
1803 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1804 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1805 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1806 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1807
1808 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1809 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1810 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1811 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1812 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1813
1814 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1815 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1816
1817
1818 Special information:
1819
1820 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1821
1822 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1823 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1824 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1825 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1826 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1827 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1828 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1829 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1831 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1833
1834 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1835 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1836 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1837 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1838 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1839 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1840 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1841 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1842
1843 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1844
1845 ----------------------------------------------------------
1846 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1847 if that value is non-nil.
1848
1849 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1850
1851 \(fn)" t nil)
1852
1853 ;;;***
1854 \f
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1856 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1857 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1859
1860 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1861
1862 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1863 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1864 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1865
1866 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1867
1868 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1869 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1870
1871 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1872
1873 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1874 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1875
1876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1877
1878 ;;;***
1879 \f
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17851
1881 ;;;;;; 10865))
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1883
1884 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1885 Play blackbox.
1886 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1887
1888 What is blackbox?
1889
1890 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1891 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1892 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1893 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1894 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1895 your score.
1896
1897 Overview of play:
1898
1899 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1900 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1901 four.
1902
1903 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1904 movement keys.
1905
1906 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1907 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1908
1909 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1910 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1911
1912 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1913 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1914 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1915 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1916 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1917 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1918
1919 Details:
1920
1921 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1922
1923 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1924 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1925 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1926 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1927
1928 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1929 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1930 denoted by the letter `R'.
1931
1932 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1933 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1934 denoted by the letter `H'.
1935
1936 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1937 example.
1938
1939 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1940 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1941 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1942 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1943 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1944 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1945 ray.
1946
1947 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1948 degree deflection it causes.
1949
1950 1
1951 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1954 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1959 2 3
1960
1961 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1962 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1963
1964
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1968 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1973
1974 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1975 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1976 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1977 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1978 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1979 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1980 emerging from the box.
1981
1982 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1983
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1989 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1992
1993 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1994 a reflection.
1995
1996 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1997
1998 ;;;***
1999 \f
2000 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2001 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2002 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2003 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17851 10815))
2004 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2005 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2006 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2007 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2008
2009 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2010 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2011 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2012 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2013 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2014 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2015 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2016 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2017 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2018 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2028
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2030 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2031 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2032 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2033 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2034 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2035 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2036 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2037 recent one.
2038
2039 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2040 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2041 yank successive words.
2042
2043 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2044 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2045 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2046 name of the file being visited.
2047
2048 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2049 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2050 the list of bookmarks.)
2051
2052 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2053
2054 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2055 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2056 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2057 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2058 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2059 this.
2060
2061 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2062 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2063 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2064 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2065
2066 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2067
2068 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2069 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2070 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2071 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2072 after a bookmark was set in it.
2073
2074 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2075
2076 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2077 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2078 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2079 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2080
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2082
2083 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2084
2085 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2086 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2087 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2088 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2089
2090 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2091 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2092 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2093
2094 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2095 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2096 name.
2097
2098 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2099
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2101 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2102 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2103 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2104 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2105 this.
2106
2107 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2108
2109 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2110 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2111 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2112 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2113 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2114 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2115 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2116 probably because we were called from there.
2117
2118 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2119
2120 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2121 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2122 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2123
2124 \(fn)" t nil)
2125
2126 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2127 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2128 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2129 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2130 \(second argument).
2131
2132 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2133 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2134 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2135 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2136 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2137
2138 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2139 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2140 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2141 `bookmark-default-file'.
2142
2143 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2146 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2147 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2148 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2149 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2150 while loading.
2151
2152 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2153 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2154 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2155 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2156 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2157 explicitly.
2158
2159 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2160 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2161 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2162 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2163
2164 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2167 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2168 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2169 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2170 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2171
2172 \(fn)" t nil)
2173
2174 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2175
2176 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2177
2178 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2179
2180 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2181
2182 ;;;***
2183 \f
2184 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2185 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2186 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2187 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2193 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17851 10863))
2194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2195
2196 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2197 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2198 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2199 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2200
2201 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2202 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2203 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2204 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2205 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2206
2207 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2208
2209 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2210 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2211
2212 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2213
2214 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2215 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2216
2217 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2218
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2220 Not documented
2221
2222 \(fn)" nil nil)
2223
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2226 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2227 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2228 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2229 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2230
2231 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2232
2233 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2235 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2236 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2237 narrowed.
2238
2239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2240
2241 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2242 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2243
2244 \(fn)" t nil)
2245
2246 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2247 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2248
2249 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2252 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2253 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2254 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2255
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2257
2258 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2260 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2261 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2262
2263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2267 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2268 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2269 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2270 to use.
2271
2272 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2275 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point.
2277
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2280 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2282
2283 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2284 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2285
2286 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2287 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2288 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2289
2290 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2291
2292 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2296
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301
2302 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2303 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2304 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2305
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2308
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2310
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2315
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320
2321 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2324
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2333 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2334 Firefox.
2335
2336 When called interactively, if variable
2337 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2338 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2339 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341
2342 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2343 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2344 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2345
2346 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2347 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2348
2349 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2350 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2351 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2353 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2354 URL in a new window.
2355
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2362
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367
2368 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2369 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2370 new tab in an existing window instead.
2371
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2381
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2384 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2385 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2394
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2397 program is invoked according to the variable
2398 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2399
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409
2410 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2413 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2414
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2416
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2419 Default to the URL around or before point.
2420
2421 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2422 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2423 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2424
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434
2435 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point.
2438
2439 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440
2441 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2442 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2443 Default to the URL around or before point.
2444
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2447 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2456 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2457 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2464 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2465 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2466
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2472 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2473
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2476 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2483
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point.
2487
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489
2490 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2491 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2492 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2493 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2494 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2495 current one.
2496
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2499 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506
2507 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2510 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2511 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2512 don't offer a form of remote control.
2513
2514 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2517 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2518 Default to the URL around or before point.
2519
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521
2522 ;;;***
2523 \f
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17851
2525 ;;;;;; 10865))
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2527
2528 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2529 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2530
2531 \(fn)" t nil)
2532
2533 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2534 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2535
2536 \(fn)" nil nil)
2537
2538 ;;;***
2539 \f
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2541 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17851 10816))
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2543
2544 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2545 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2546 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2547 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2548
2549 \(fn)" t nil)
2550
2551 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2552 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2553 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2554 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2555
2556 \(fn)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2559 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2560
2561 \(fn)" t nil)
2562
2563 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2564 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2565 \\<bs-mode-map>
2566 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2567 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2568 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2569 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2570
2571 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2572 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2573 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2574 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2575 name of buffer configuration.
2576
2577 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2578
2579 ;;;***
2580 \f
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2582 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17851
2583 ;;;;;; 10816))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2585
2586 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2587 Keymap used by buttons.")
2588
2589 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2591 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2592
2593 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2594 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2595 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2596 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2597 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2598 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2599
2600 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2601 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2602 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2603 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2604
2605 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2606
2607 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2608 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2609 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2610 specifying properties to add to the button.
2611 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2612 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2613 `define-button-type'.
2614
2615 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2616
2617 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2618
2619 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2620 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2621 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2622 specifying properties to add to the button.
2623 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2624 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2625 `define-button-type'.
2626
2627 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2628
2629 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2630
2631 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2632 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2633 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2634 specifying properties to add to the button.
2635 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2636 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2637 `define-button-type'.
2638
2639 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2640 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2641 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2642 `make-text-button'.
2643
2644 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2645
2646 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2647
2648 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2649 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2655
2656 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2657 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2658 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 `insert-text-button'.
2660
2661 Also see `make-text-button'.
2662
2663 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2664
2665 ;;;***
2666 \f
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2668 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2669 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2670 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17851 10852))
2672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2673 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2674 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2675
2676 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2677 Not documented
2678
2679 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2680
2681 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2682 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2683 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2684
2685 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2686
2687 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2688 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2689 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2690 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2691
2692 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2693 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2694 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2695 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2696 whether to compile it.
2697
2698 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2699
2700 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2701 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2702
2703 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2704 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2705
2706 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2707 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2708 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2709 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2710 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2711
2712 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2713
2714 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2716 Print the result in the echo area.
2717 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2718
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2722 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2723 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2724
2725 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2726
2727 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2728 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2729 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2730 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2731 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2732 all functions called by those functions.
2733
2734 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2735 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2736 cons, etc.).
2737
2738 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2739 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2740 invoked interactively.
2741
2742 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2743
2744 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2745 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2746 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2747 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2748
2749 \(fn)" nil nil)
2750
2751 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2752 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2753 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2754 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2755 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2756 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2757 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2758 already up-to-date.
2759
2760 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2761
2762 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2763 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2764 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2765 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2766
2767 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2768 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2769 and corresponding effects.
2770
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2772
2773 ;;;***
2774 \f
2775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17851 10850))
2776 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2777
2778 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2779
2780 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2781
2782 ;;;***
2783 \f
2784 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2785 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2787
2788 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2789 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2790 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2791 from the cursor position.
2792
2793 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2794
2795 ;;;***
2796 \f
2797 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2798 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2799 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2802
2803 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2804 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2805
2806 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2807 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2808
2809 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2810 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2811
2812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2813
2814 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2815 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2816
2817 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2820 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2821
2822 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2826
2827 \(fn)" t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2831 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2832 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2833
2834 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2835
2836 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2837 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2838 This is most useful in the X window system.
2839 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2840 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2841
2842 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2843
2844 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2845 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2846 See calc-keypad for details.
2847
2848 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2849
2850 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2851 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2852
2853 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2854
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2856 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2857
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2859
2860 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2861 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2862
2863 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2866 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2867 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2868
2869 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2870
2871 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2872 Not documented
2873
2874 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2875
2876 ;;;***
2877 \f
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17851
2879 ;;;;;; 10816))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2881
2882 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2883 Run the Emacs calculator.
2884 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2885
2886 \(fn)" t nil)
2887
2888 ;;;***
2889 \f
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2891 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2892 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2893 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2894 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2895 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2896 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2897 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2898 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2899 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2900 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2901 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2902 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2903 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2904 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2905 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2906 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2907 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17851 10851))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2909
2910 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2911 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2912 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2913 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2914 the screen.")
2915
2916 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2917
2918 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2919 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2920 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2921 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2922 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2923 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2924
2925 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2926
2927 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2928 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2929 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2930
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2932
2933 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2934 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2935 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2936
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2938
2939 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2941 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2942 displayed.")
2943
2944 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2945
2946 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2947 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2948 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2949
2950 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2951
2952 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2953 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2954 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2955
2956 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2957
2958 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2959
2960 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2961 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2962 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2963
2964 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2965 calendar.")
2966
2967 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2968
2969 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2970 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2971 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2972
2973 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2974 calendar.")
2975
2976 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2977
2978 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2979 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2980 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2981
2982 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2983 calendar.")
2984
2985 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2986
2987 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2988 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2989 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2990
2991 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2992
2993 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2994 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2995 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2996 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2997 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2998
2999 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3000
3001 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3002 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3003 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3004 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3005 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3006 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3007 a function is also provided for this:
3008 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3009
3010 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3011 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3012 date is not visible in the window.
3013
3014 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3015 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3016 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3017
3018 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3019
3020 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3021 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3022
3023 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3024 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3025 date is visible in the window.
3026
3027 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3028 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3029 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3030
3031 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3032
3033 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3034 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3035
3036 For example,
3037
3038 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3039
3040 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3041
3042 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3043
3044 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3045 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3046
3047 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3048 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3049
3050 MONTH/DAY
3051 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3052 MONTHNAME DAY
3053 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3054 DAYNAME
3055
3056 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3057 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3058 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3059 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3060 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3061 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3062 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3063 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3064 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3065 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3066 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3067 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3068 in every week.
3069
3070 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3071 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3072 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3073 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3074
3075 DAY/MONTH
3076 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3077 DAY MONTHNAME
3078 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3079 DAYNAME
3080
3081 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3082 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3083
3084 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3085 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3086 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3087 window but will appear in a diary window.
3088
3089 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3090 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3091
3092 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3093 entries (in the default American style):
3094
3095 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3096 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3097 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3098 21: Payday
3099 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3100 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3101 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3102 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3103 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3104 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3105 &* 15 time cards due.
3106
3107 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3108 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3109 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3110 single diary entry
3111
3112 02/11/1989
3113 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3114 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3115 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3116 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3117 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3118 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3119
3120 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3121 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3122 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3123
3124 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3125
3126 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3127
3128 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3129 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3130 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3131 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3132 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3133 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3134 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3135 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3136 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3137 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3138 details.
3139
3140 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3141 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3142 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3143 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3144 documentation for these functions for details.
3145
3146 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3147 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3148
3149 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3150
3151 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3152 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3153
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3155
3156 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3157 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3158
3159 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3160
3161 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3163
3164 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3165
3166 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3168
3169 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3170
3171 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3172 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3173 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3174
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3176
3177 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3178 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3179 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3180
3181 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3182
3183 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3184 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3185 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3186 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3187 full.")
3188
3189 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3190
3191 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3192 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3193 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3194 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3195 are
3196
3197 DAY/MONTH
3198 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3199 DAY MONTHNAME
3200 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3201 DAYNAME
3202
3203 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3204 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3205 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3206
3207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3208 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3209 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3210 `american-calendar'.")
3211
3212 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3213
3214 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3215 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3216 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3217
3218 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3219
3220 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3221 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3222 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3223
3224 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3225
3226 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3227 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3228 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3229
3230 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3231
3232 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3233 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3234 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3235
3236 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3237
3238 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3239 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3240 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3241 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3242 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3243 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3244
3245 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3246
3247 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3248 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3249 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3250
3251 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3252 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3253 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3254 of the form
3255
3256 #include \"filename\"
3257
3258 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3259 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3260 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3261 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3262 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3263
3264 For example, you could use
3265
3266 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3267 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3268 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3269
3270 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3271 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3272 lexicographic order.")
3273
3274 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3275
3276 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3277 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3278 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3279
3280 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3281
3282 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3283 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3284 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3285 diary display.
3286
3287 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3288 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3289 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3290 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3291 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3292 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3293 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3294
3295 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3296 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3297 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3298 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3299 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3300 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3301 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3302 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3303
3304 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3305
3306 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3307 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3308 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3309 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3310 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3311 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3313
3314 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3315
3316 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3317 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3318
3319 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3320 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3321 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3322 of the form
3323 #include \"filename\"
3324 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3325 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3326 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3327 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3328 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3329
3330 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3331
3332 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3334 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3335 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3336 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3337 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3338 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3339
3340 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3341
3342 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3343 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3344 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3345 are holidays.")
3346
3347 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3348
3349 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3350 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3351 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3352 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3353 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3354
3355 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3356
3357 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3358
3359 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3360 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3361 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3362
3363 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3364
3365 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3366
3367 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3368 Oriental holidays.
3369 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3370
3371 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3372
3373 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3374
3375 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3376 Local holidays.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3378
3379 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3380
3381 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3382
3383 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3384 User defined holidays.
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3386
3387 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3388
3389 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3390
3391 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3392
3393 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3394
3395 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3396
3397 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3398
3399 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3400
3401 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3402
3403 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3404
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3406
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3408 Jewish holidays.
3409 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3410
3411 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3412
3413 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3414
3415 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3416 Christian holidays.
3417 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3418
3419 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3420
3421 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3422
3423 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3424 Islamic holidays.
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3426
3427 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3428
3429 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3430
3431 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3432 Baha'i holidays.
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3434
3435 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3436
3437 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3438
3439 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3440 Sun-related holidays.
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3442
3443 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3444
3445 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3446
3447 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3448 The frame setup of the calendar.
3449 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3450 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3451 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3452 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3453 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3454
3455 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3456
3457 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3458 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3459 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3460
3461 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3462 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3463
3464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3465
3466 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3467 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3468 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3469
3470 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3471 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3472 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3473 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3474
3475 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3476
3477 ;;;***
3478 \f
3479 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3480 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17851 10856))
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3482
3483 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3484 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3485
3486 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3487
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3489 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3490 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3491 it fails.
3492
3493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3494
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17851
3498 ;;;;;; 10866))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3500 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3501
3502 ;;;***
3503 \f
3504 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3505 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3507
3508 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3509 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3510
3511 \(fn)" nil nil)
3512
3513 ;;;***
3514 \f
3515 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3516 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3517 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
3518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3519
3520 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3522 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3523 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3524 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3525 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3526 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3527
3528 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3529
3530 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3536 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3538
3539 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3540 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3541 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3542 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3543 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3544 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3545
3546 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3547
3548 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3549 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3550
3551 Key bindings:
3552 \\{c-mode-map}
3553
3554 \(fn)" t nil)
3555
3556 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3557 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3558
3559 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3560 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3561 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3562 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3563 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3564 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3565 message.
3566
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3568
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3571
3572 Key bindings:
3573 \\{c++-mode-map}
3574
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3576
3577 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3579 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3580
3581 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3582 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3583 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3584 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3585 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3586 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3587 message.
3588
3589 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3590
3591 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3592 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3593
3594 Key bindings:
3595 \\{objc-mode-map}
3596
3597 \(fn)" t nil)
3598
3599 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3600 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3601 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3602
3603 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3604 Major mode for editing Java code.
3605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3606 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3607 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3608 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3609 message.
3610
3611 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3612
3613 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3614 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3615
3616 Key bindings:
3617 \\{java-mode-map}
3618
3619 \(fn)" t nil)
3620
3621 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3622 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3623 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3624
3625 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3626 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3627 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3628 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3629 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3630 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3631 message.
3632
3633 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3634
3635 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3636 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3637
3638 Key bindings:
3639 \\{idl-mode-map}
3640
3641 \(fn)" t nil)
3642
3643 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3644 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3646 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3647
3648 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3649 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3651 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3652 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3654 message.
3655
3656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3657
3658 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3659 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3660
3661 Key bindings:
3662 \\{pike-mode-map}
3663
3664 \(fn)" t nil)
3665 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3666 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3668 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3669 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3670 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3671
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17851 10867))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3677
3678 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3679 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3680 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3681 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3682
3683 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3684
3685 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3686 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3687 might get set too.
3688
3689 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3690 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3691 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3692 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3693 way.
3694
3695 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3696 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3697 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3698 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3699 a null operation.
3700
3701 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3702
3703 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3704 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3705 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3706 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3707
3708 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3709
3710 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3711 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3712 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3713
3714 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3715
3716 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3717 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3718 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3719 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3720 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3721
3722 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3723
3724 ;;;***
3725 \f
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17851
3727 ;;;;;; 10867))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3729 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3730
3731 ;;;***
3732 \f
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17851 10867))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3735 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3736 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3737 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3738
3739 ;;;***
3740 \f
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3742 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3743 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3745
3746 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3747 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3748
3749 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3750
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3753
3754 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3757 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3758
3759 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3760 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3761 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3762 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3763 execution.
3764
3765 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3766
3767 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3768
3769 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3770 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3771
3772 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3773 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3774 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3775 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3776
3777 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3778 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3779 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3780 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3781 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3782 `write' commands.
3783
3784 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3785 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3786 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3787 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3788
3789 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3790 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3791 semantics.
3792
3793 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3794
3795 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3796
3797 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3798
3799 STATEMENT :=
3800 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3801 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3802
3803 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3804 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3805 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3806 | integer
3807
3808 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3809
3810 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3811 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3812 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3813
3814 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3815 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3816 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3817
3818 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3819 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3820
3821 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3822 BREAK := (break)
3823
3824 REPEAT :=
3825 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3826 (repeat)
3827 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3828 ;; (repeat))
3829 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3830 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3831 ;; (read REG)
3832 ;; (repeat))
3833 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3834 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3835 ;; (read REG)
3836 ;; (repeat))
3837 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3838
3839 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3840 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3841 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3842 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3843 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3844 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3845 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3846 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3847 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3848 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3849 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3850 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3851 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3852 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3853 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3854 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3855
3856 WRITE :=
3857 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3858 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3859 ;; representation.
3860 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3861 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3862 ;; (write r7))
3863 | (write EXPRESSION)
3864 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3865 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3866 ;; representation.
3867 | (write integer)
3868 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3869 ;; buffer.
3870 | (write string)
3871 ;; Same as: (write string)
3872 | string
3873 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3874 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3875 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3876 ;; representation.
3877 | (write REG ARRAY)
3878 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3879 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3880 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3881 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3882 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3883 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3884
3885 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3886 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3887
3888 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3889 END := (end)
3890
3891 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3892 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3893 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3894
3895 ARG := REG | integer
3896
3897 OPERATOR :=
3898 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3899 + | - | * | / | %
3900
3901 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3902 | & | `|' | ^
3903
3904 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3905 | << | >>
3906
3907 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3908 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3909 | <8
3910
3911 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3912 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3913 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3914 | >8
3915
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3919 | //
3920
3921 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3923
3924 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3925 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3927 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3928 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3929 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3930 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3931 | de-sjis
3932
3933 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3934 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3935 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3936 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3937 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3938 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3939 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3940 ;; byte of SJIS.
3941 | en-sjis
3942
3943 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3944 ;; Same meaning as C code
3945 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3946
3947 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3948 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3949 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3950 | <8=
3951
3952 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3954 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3955
3956 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3957 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3958 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3959 | //=
3960
3961 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3962
3963
3964 TRANSLATE :=
3965 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3966 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3967 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3968 LOOKUP :=
3969 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3970 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3971 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3972 MAP :=
3973 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3974 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3975 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3976 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3977 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3978 MAP-ID := integer
3979
3980 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3981
3982 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3983 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3984 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3985 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3986 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3987 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3988
3989 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3990
3991 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3992 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3993 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3994
3995 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3996
3997 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3998
3999 ;;;***
4000 \f
4001 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4002 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4004
4005 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4006 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4007 There are no special keybindings by default.
4008
4009 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4010 to the action header.
4011
4012 \(fn)" t nil)
4013
4014 ;;;***
4015 \f
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4017 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4018 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4021 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4024 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4026
4027 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4028 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4029 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4030 the users will view as each check is completed.
4031
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4033
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4036 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4037 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4038 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4039 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4040 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4041 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4042
4043 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4044
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4047 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4048 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4049 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4050 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4051 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4052 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4053
4054 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4055
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4058 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4059 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4060 spacing are all verified.
4061
4062 \(fn)" t nil)
4063
4064 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4065 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4066 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4067 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4068 otherwise stop after the first error.
4069
4070 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4071
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4074 Only documentation strings are checked.
4075 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4076 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4077 a separate buffer.
4078
4079 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4080
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4084 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4085 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4086
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4088
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4092 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4093 if there is one.
4094
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4100 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4101 if there is one.
4102 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4103
4104 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4105
4106 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4107 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4108 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4109
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4111
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4114 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4115 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4116 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4117
4118 \(fn)" t nil)
4119
4120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4121 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4122 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4123 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4124 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4125 space at the end of each line.
4126
4127 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4128
4129 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4130 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4131 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4132 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4133
4134 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4135
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4138 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4139 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4140
4141 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4142
4143 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4144 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4145 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4146 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4147
4148 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4149
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4154
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4156
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4161
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4163
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4168
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4170
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4175
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4177
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4182
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4184
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4189
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4191
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4194 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4195
4196 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4197 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4198 checking of documentation strings.
4199
4200 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4201
4202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4203
4204 ;;;***
4205 \f
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4207 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17851
4208 ;;;;;; 10861))
4209 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4210
4211 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4212 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4213 Return the length of resulting text.
4214
4215 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4216
4217 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4218 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4219
4220 \(fn)" t nil)
4221
4222 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4223 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4224 Return the length of resulting text.
4225
4226 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4227
4228 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4229 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4230
4231 \(fn)" t nil)
4232
4233 ;;;***
4234 \f
4235 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4236 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17851 10817))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4238
4239 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4240 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4241 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4242 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4243 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4244 editing and the result is evaluated.
4245
4246 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4247
4248 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4249 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4250 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4251 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4252 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4253
4254 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4255
4256 \(fn)" t nil)
4257
4258 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4259 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4260 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4261 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4262 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4263
4264 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4265 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4266 \\{command-history-map}
4267
4268 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4269 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4270
4271 \(fn)" t nil)
4272
4273 ;;;***
4274 \f
4275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17851 10852))
4276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4277
4278 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4279 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4280 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4281 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4282 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4283 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4284
4285 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4286 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4287
4288 ;;;***
4289 \f
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4291 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4293
4294 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4295 Not documented
4296
4297 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4298
4299 ;;;***
4300 \f
4301 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4302 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4304
4305 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4306 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4307 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4308 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4309
4310 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4311 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4312 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4313 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4314
4315 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4316 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4317
4318 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4319
4320 ;;;***
4321 \f
4322 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17851
4323 ;;;;;; 10817))
4324 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4325
4326 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4327 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4328 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4329 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4330 of `scheme-program-name').
4331 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4332 it is given as initial input.
4333 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4334 discards input when it starts up.
4335 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4336 is run).
4337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4338
4339 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4340 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4341
4342 ;;;***
4343 \f
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4345 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4346 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17851 10860))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4348
4349 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4350 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4351 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4352 ASCII table.
4353
4354 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4355 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4356 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4357 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4358
4359 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4360
4361 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4362 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4363 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4364
4365 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4366
4367 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4368 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4369 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4370
4371 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4372
4373 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4374 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4375 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4376
4377 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4378
4379 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4380 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4381
4382 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4383 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4384 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4385
4386 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4387 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4388
4389 \(fn)" nil nil)
4390
4391 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4392 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4393
4394 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4395 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4396 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4397
4398 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4399
4400 ;;;***
4401 \f
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4403 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4404 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4405 ;;;;;; (17851 10817))
4406 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4407
4408 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4409 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4410 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4411 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4412 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4413 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4414 functions have already modified the buffer.
4415
4416 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4417
4418 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4419 either globally or locally.")
4420
4421 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4422
4423 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4424 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4425 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4426 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4427 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4428 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4429 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4430 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4431
4432 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4433
4434 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4435
4436 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4437 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4438 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4439 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4440 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4441 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4442 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4443 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4444
4445 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4446
4447 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4448
4449 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4450 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4451 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4452 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4453 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4454 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4455
4456 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4457
4458 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4459 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4460 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4461 directory tracking functions.")
4462
4463 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4464 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4465 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4466
4467 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4468
4469 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4470
4471 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4472 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4473 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4474
4475 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4476
4477 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4478
4479 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4480 Send COMMAND to current process.
4481 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4482 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4483
4484 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4485
4486 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4487 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4488 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4489 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4490
4491 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4492
4493 ;;;***
4494 \f
4495 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17851
4496 ;;;;;; 10817))
4497 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4498
4499 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4500 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4501 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4502 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4503
4504 This command pushes the mark in each window
4505 at the prior location of point in that window.
4506 If both windows display the same buffer,
4507 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4508 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4509
4510 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4511 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4512 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4513 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4514 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4515 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4516 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4517 ignored.
4518
4519 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4520 this command work in interlaced mode:
4521 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4522 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4523 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4524
4525 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4526
4527 ;;;***
4528 \f
4529 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4530 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4531 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4532 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4533 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17851 10867))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4535
4536 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4537 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4538
4539 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4540
4541 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4542 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4543
4544 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4545
4546 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4547 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4548 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4549 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4550 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4551 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4552 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4553
4554 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4555 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4556 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4557 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4558 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4559
4560 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4561 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4562 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4563 describing how the process finished.")
4564
4565 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4566 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4567 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4568 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4569
4570 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4571 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4572 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4573
4574 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4575
4576 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4577 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4578 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4579 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4580
4581 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4582
4583 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4584 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4585
4586 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4587 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4588
4589 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4590 (lambda ()
4591 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4592 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4593 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4594 (concat \"make -k \"
4595 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4596
4597 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4598 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4599
4600 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4601 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4602 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4603 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4604
4605 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4606
4607 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4608 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4609 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4610 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4611
4612 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4613 and move to the source code that caused it.
4614
4615 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4616 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4617
4618 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4619 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4620 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4621 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4622
4623 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4624 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4625 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4626 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4627 subprocesses.
4628
4629 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4630 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4631 to a function that generates a unique name.
4632
4633 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4634
4635 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4636 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4637 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4638 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4639
4640 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4641 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4642 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4643 to determine the buffer name.
4644
4645 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4646 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4647 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4648
4649 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4650
4651 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4652
4653 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4654 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4655 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4656 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4657 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4658
4659 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4660
4661 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4662
4663 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4664
4665 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4666 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4667 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4668 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4669 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4670 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4671 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4672
4673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4676 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4677 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4678 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4679 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4680 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4681
4682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4683
4684 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4685 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4686 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4687
4688 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4689
4690 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4691
4692 ;;;***
4693 \f
4694 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4695 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4696 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4697
4698 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4699 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4700 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4702 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4703 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4704
4705 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4706
4707 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4708 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4709 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4710
4711 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4712 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4713 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4714 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4715
4716 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4717 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4718 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4719 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4720
4721 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4722 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4723 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4724 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4725
4726 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4727 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4728 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4729 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4730 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4731
4732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4733
4734 ;;;***
4735 \f
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4737 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4739
4740 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4741 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4742 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4745 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4746
4747 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4748
4749 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4750 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4751
4752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4753
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4757 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4758 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4759 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17851 10818))
4760 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4761
4762 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4763 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4764 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4765 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4766 `make-composition'.
4767
4768 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4769
4770 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4771 | | 1:tc or top-center
4772 | | 2:tr or top-right
4773 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4774 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4775 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4776 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4777 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4778 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4779
4780 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4781 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4782 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4783 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4784 be added.
4785
4786 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4787 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4788 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4789
4790 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4791 | | |
4792 | global| |
4793 | glyph | |
4794 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4795 +----+--*--+
4796 | | new |
4797 | |glyph|
4798 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4799 ")
4800
4801 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4802 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4803 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4804 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4805
4806 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4807
4808 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4809 Compose characters in the current region.
4810
4811 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4812 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4813
4814 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4815
4816 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4817 specifying the region.
4818
4819 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4820 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4821 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4822
4823 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4824 of the text in the region.
4825
4826 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4827
4828 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4829 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4830 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4831 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4832
4833 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4834 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4835 detail.
4836
4837 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4838 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4839 text in the composition.
4840
4841 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4842
4843 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4844 Decompose text in the current region.
4845
4846 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4847 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4848
4849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4850
4851 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4852 Compose characters in string STRING.
4853
4854 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4855 the characters in it.
4856
4857 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4858 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4859 STRING respectively.
4860
4861 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4862 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4863 `compose-region' for more detail.
4864
4865 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4866 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4867 text in the composition.
4868
4869 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4870
4871 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4872 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4873
4874 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4875
4876 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4877 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4878 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4879 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4880 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4881 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4882 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4883 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4884
4885 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4886
4887 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4888 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4889
4890 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4891 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4892
4893 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4894 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4895
4896 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4897 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4898
4899 If no composition is found, return nil.
4900
4901 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4902 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4903
4904 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4905 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4906 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4907
4908 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4909
4910 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4911
4912 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4913 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4914 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4915
4916 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4917
4918 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4919
4920 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4921
4922 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4923 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4924
4925 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4926 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4927 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4928 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4929 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4930 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4931 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4932 nil.
4933
4934 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4935 is:
4936 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4937 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4938
4939 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4940
4941 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4942 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4943
4944 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4945
4946 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4947
4948 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4949 Compose last characters.
4950 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4951 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4952 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4953 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4954 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4955 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4956 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4957 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4958 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4959 after a sequence of character events.
4960
4961 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4962 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4963
4964 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4965 Convert CHAR to string.
4966
4967 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4968 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4969 vector of CHAR respectively.
4970 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4971
4972 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4973
4974 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4975
4976 ;;;***
4977 \f
4978 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4979 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4980 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4981 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
4982 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4983
4984 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4985 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4986 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4987 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4988 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4989 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4990 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4991
4992 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4993 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4994 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4995
4996 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4997 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4998 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4999
5000 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5001 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5002 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5003 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5004
5005 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5006 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5007 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5008 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5009 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5010 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5011 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5012
5013 \\{conf-mode-map}
5014
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5016
5017 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5018 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5019 Comments start with `#'.
5020 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5021
5022 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5023
5024 \[Desktop Entry]
5025 Encoding=UTF-8
5026 Name=The GIMP
5027 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5028 Name[cs]=GIMP
5029
5030 \(fn)" t nil)
5031
5032 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5033 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5034 Comments start with `;'.
5035 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5036
5037 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5038
5039 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5040 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5041 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5042
5043 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5044 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5045
5046 \(fn)" t nil)
5047
5048 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5049 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5050 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5051 between `/*' and `*/'.
5052 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5053
5054 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5055 // another kind of comment
5056 /* yet another */
5057
5058 name:value
5059 name=value
5060 name value
5061 x.1 =
5062 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5063 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5064
5065 \(fn)" t nil)
5066
5067 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5068 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5069 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5070 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5071 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5072 `conf-space-keywords'.
5073 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5074 in an interactive fashion instead.
5075
5076 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5077
5078 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5079
5080 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5081 image/png png
5082 image/tiff tiff tif
5083
5084 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5085 class desktop
5086 # Standard multimedia devices
5087 add /dev/audio desktop
5088 add /dev/mixer desktop
5089
5090 \(fn)" t nil)
5091
5092 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5093 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5094 See `conf-space-mode'.
5095
5096 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5097
5098 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5099 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5100 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5101 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5102
5103 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5104
5105 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5106 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5107
5108 \(fn)" t nil)
5109
5110 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5112 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5113 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5114
5115 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5116
5117 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5118 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5119
5120 \(fn)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5123 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5124 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5125 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5126
5127 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5128
5129 *background: gray99
5130 *foreground: black
5131
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5133
5134 ;;;***
5135 \f
5136 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5137 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17851 10865))
5138 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5139
5140 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5141 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5142 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5143 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5144
5145 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5146
5147 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5148 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5149 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5150 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5151
5152 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5153
5154 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5155 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5156 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5157 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5158
5159 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5160
5161 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5162 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5163
5164 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5165
5166 ;;;***
5167 \f
5168 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5169 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17851 10852))
5170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5171
5172 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5173 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5174 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5175 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5176 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5177 following the copyright are updated as well.
5178 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5179 interactively.
5180
5181 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5182
5183 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5184 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5185 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5186
5187 \(fn)" t nil)
5188
5189 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5190 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5191
5192 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5193
5194 ;;;***
5195 \f
5196 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5197 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17851 10867))
5198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5199
5200 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5201 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5202 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5203 Tab indents for Perl code.
5204 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5205 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5206
5207 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5208 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5209 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5210 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5211 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5212 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5213 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5214 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5215 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5216 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5217 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5218 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5219
5220 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5221
5222 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5223 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5224
5225 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5226
5227 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5228 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5229 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5230 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5231 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5232 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5233 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5234 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5235 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5236
5237 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5238
5239 bite if angry;
5240
5241 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5242 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5243 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5244 to nil.)
5245
5246 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5247 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5248 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5249
5250 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5251
5252 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5253 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5254 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5255 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5256 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5257
5258 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5259
5260 if (A) { B }
5261
5262 into
5263
5264 B if A;
5265
5266 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5267
5268 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5269 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5270 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5271 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5272 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5273 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5274 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5275 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5276 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5277 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5278 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5279 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5280 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5281
5282 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5283 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5284 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5285 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5286 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5287 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5288
5289 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5290 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5291 man via menu.
5292
5293 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5294 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5295 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5296 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5297 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5298
5299 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5300 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5301 span the needed amount of lines.
5302
5303 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5304 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5305 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5306 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5307
5308 Variables controlling indentation style:
5309 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5310 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5311 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5312 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5313 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5314 `cperl-auto-newline'
5315 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5316 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5317 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5318 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5319 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5320 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5321 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5322 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5323 `cperl-indent-level'
5324 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5325 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5326 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5327 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5328 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5329 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5330 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5331 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5332 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5333 `cperl-brace-offset'
5334 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5335 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5336 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5337 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5338 `cperl-label-offset'
5339 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5340 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5341 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5342
5343 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5344 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5345 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5346 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5347 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5348 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5349
5350 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5351 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5352 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5353 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5354
5355 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5356 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5357 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5358 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5359 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5360 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5361
5362 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5363 column 0 is indented on
5364 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5365
5366 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5367 with no args.
5368
5369 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5370 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5371 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5372
5373 \(fn)" t nil)
5374
5375 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5376 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5377
5378 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5379
5380 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5381 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5382
5383 \(fn)" t nil)
5384
5385 ;;;***
5386 \f
5387 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5388 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5390
5391 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5392 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5393 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5394 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5395 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5396
5397 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5398
5399 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5400 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5401
5402 \(fn)" t nil)
5403
5404 ;;;***
5405 \f
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5407 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5409
5410 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5411 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5412 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5413 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5414
5415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5416 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5417
5418 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5419
5420 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5421 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5422 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5423
5424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5425
5426 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5427
5428 ;;;***
5429 \f
5430 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5431 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5433
5434 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5435 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5436 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5437 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5438
5439 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5440 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5441 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5442 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5443
5444 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5445 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5446 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5447
5448 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5449 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5450 'bob', and 'eve'.
5451
5452 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5453 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5454 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5455
5456 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5457
5458 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5459 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5460 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5461
5462 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5463
5464 ;;;***
5465 \f
5466 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5467 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5469
5470 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5471 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5472 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5474 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5475 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5476
5477 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5478
5479 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5480 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5481 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5482 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5483 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5484
5485 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5486 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5487 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5488 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5489 function of these prefix keys.
5490
5491 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5492 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5493 options:
5494 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5495 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5496 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5497
5498 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5499 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5500 the prefix fallback behavior.
5501
5502 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5503 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5504 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5505 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5506
5507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5508
5509 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5510 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5511
5512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5513 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5514 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5515 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5516 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5517 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5518 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5519 (if user-init-file (concat
5520 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5521 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5522
5523 ;;;***
5524 \f
5525 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5526 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5527 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5528 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5529 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5530 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5531 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5532 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5533 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5534 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5535 ;;;;;; (17851 10819))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5537
5538 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5539 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5540
5541 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5542
5543 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5544 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5545
5546 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5547
5548 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5549 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5550
5551 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5552 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5553
5554 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5555 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5556
5557 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5558 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5559
5560 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5561 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5562
5563 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5564
5565 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5566
5567 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5568 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5569 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5570
5571 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5572 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5573
5574 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5575 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5576
5577 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5578 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5579
5580 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5581 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5582
5583 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5584
5585 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5586
5587 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5588 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5589 Return VALUE.
5590
5591 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5592 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5593
5594 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5595 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5596
5597 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5598 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5599
5600 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5601 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5602
5603 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5604
5605 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5606
5607 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5608 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5609 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5610 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5611 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5612
5613 \(fn)" t nil)
5614
5615 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5617 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5618 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5619
5620 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5621
5622 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5624
5625 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5626
5627 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5628 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5629
5630 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5631
5632 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5633
5634 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5635 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5636
5637 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5638
5639 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5640
5641 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5642 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5643 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5644
5645 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5646
5647 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5648 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5649 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5650 as part of Emacs itself.
5651
5652 Each elements looks like this:
5653
5654 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5655
5656 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5657 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5658 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5659 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5660 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5661 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5662 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5663 and `defface'.
5664
5665 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5666
5667 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5668 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5669 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5670 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5671 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5672
5673 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5674 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5675 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5676 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5677
5678 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5679
5680 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5681 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5682 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5683 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5684 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5685
5686 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5687 that were added or redefined since that version.
5688
5689 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5690
5691 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5693 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5694 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5695
5696 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5697 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5698
5699 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5700
5701 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5703 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5704
5705 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5706 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5707
5708 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5709
5710 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5712
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5717
5718 \(fn)" t nil)
5719
5720 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Customize all already saved user options.
5722
5723 \(fn)" t nil)
5724
5725 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5726 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5727 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5728 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5729 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5730 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5731 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5732 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5733
5734 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5737 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5738 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5739 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5740
5741 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5742
5743 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5744 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5745
5746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5750
5751 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5752
5753 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5754 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5755 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5756 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5757 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5758 that option.
5759
5760 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5761
5762 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5763 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5764 The result includes selecting that window.
5765 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5766 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5767 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5768 that option.
5769
5770 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5771
5772 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5773 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5774
5775 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5776
5777 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5778 File used for storing customization information.
5779 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5780 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5781 it should be an absolute file name.
5782
5783 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5784 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5785 something like the following in your init file:
5786
5787 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5788 \(load custom-file)
5789
5790 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5791 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5792
5793 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5794 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5795 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5796 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5797 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5798
5799 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5800 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5801 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5802 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5803 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5804 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5805 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5806 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5807 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5808 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5809
5810 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5814
5815 \(fn)" nil nil)
5816
5817 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5818 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5819
5820 \(fn)" t nil)
5821
5822 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5824 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5825
5826 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5827
5828 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5830 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5831 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5832 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5833
5834 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5835
5836 ;;;***
5837 \f
5838 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5839 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17851 10821))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5841
5842 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5843 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5844
5845 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5846
5847 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5848 Alist of face attributes.
5849
5850 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5851 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5852 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5853 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5854 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5855 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5856
5857 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5858 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5859 customization type TYPE).
5860
5861 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5862 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5863 given face attribute.")
5864
5865 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5866 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5867 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5868 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5869
5870 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5871
5872 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5873 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5874 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5875 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5876 between themes and faces.
5877 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5878
5879 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5880 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5881
5882 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5883
5884 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5885 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5886 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5887
5888 (FACE IGNORED)
5889
5890 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5891
5892 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5893
5894 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5895 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5896 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5897
5898 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5899
5900 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5901
5902 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5903
5904 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5905
5906 ;;;***
5907 \f
5908 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5909 ;;;;;; (17851 10821))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5911
5912 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5913 Create a custom theme.
5914
5915 \(fn)" t nil)
5916
5917 ;;;***
5918 \f
5919 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5920 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5922
5923 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5924 Mode used for cvs status output.
5925
5926 \(fn)" t nil)
5927
5928 ;;;***
5929 \f
5930 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5931 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17851 10867))
5932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5933
5934 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5935 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5936
5937 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5938 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5939 C++ modes are included.
5940
5941 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5942
5943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5944
5945 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5946 Turn on CWarn mode.
5947
5948 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5949 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5950
5951 \(fn)" nil nil)
5952
5953 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5954 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5955 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5957 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5958 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5959
5960 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5961
5962 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5963 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5964 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5965 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5966 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5967
5968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5969
5970 ;;;***
5971 \f
5972 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5973 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5974 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5976
5977 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5978 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5979
5980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5983 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5984
5985 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5986
5987 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5988 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5989 For readability, the table is slightly
5990 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5991
5992 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5993 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5994 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5995 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5996 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5997
5998 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5999
6000 ;;;***
6001 \f
6002 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6003 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
6004 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6005 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6006 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6007
6008 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6009 Completion on current word.
6010 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6011 and presents suggestions for completion.
6012
6013 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6014 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6015 completions.
6016
6017 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6018 then it searches *all* buffers.
6019
6020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6021
6022 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6023 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6024
6025 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6026 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6027 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6028 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6029 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6030
6031 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6032 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6033
6034 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6035 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6036 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6037
6038 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6039 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6040
6041 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6042
6043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6044
6045 ;;;***
6046 \f
6047 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17851
6048 ;;;;;; 10867))
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6050
6051 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6052 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6053
6054 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6055 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6056 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6057
6058 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6059 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6060 Data lines are not indented.
6061
6062 Key bindings:
6063
6064 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6065 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6066
6067 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6068 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6069 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6070 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6071
6072 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6073
6074 dcl-basic-offset
6075 Extra indentation within blocks.
6076
6077 dcl-continuation-offset
6078 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6079
6080 dcl-margin-offset
6081 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6082
6083 dcl-margin-label-offset
6084 Indentation for a label.
6085
6086 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6087 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6088
6089 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6090 dcl-block-end-regexp
6091 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6092 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6093 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6094 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6095 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6096
6097 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6098 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6099 Two such functions are included in the package:
6100 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6101 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6102
6103 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6104 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6105 One such function is included in the package:
6106 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6107
6108 dcl-tab-always-indent
6109 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6110 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6111 margin.
6112
6113 dcl-electric-characters
6114 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6115 typed.
6116
6117 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6118 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6119 which words trigger electric indentation.
6120
6121 dcl-tempo-comma
6122 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6123 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6124 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6125
6126 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6127 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6128 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6129 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6130
6131 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6132 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6133 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6134 dcl-imenu-label-call
6135 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6136
6137 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6138 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6139 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6140 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6141
6142
6143 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6144
6145 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6146 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6147 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6148 $ i = 1
6149 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6150 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6151 $ label:
6152 $ if i.eq.1
6153 $ then
6154 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6155 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6156 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6157 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6158 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6159 \"lined up with the command line\"
6160 $ type sys$input
6161 Data lines are not indented at all.
6162 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6163 $ endif
6164 $
6165
6166
6167 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6168 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6169
6170 \(fn)" t nil)
6171
6172 ;;;***
6173 \f
6174 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6175 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17851 10852))
6176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6177
6178 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6179
6180 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6181 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6182 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6183 of the evaluator.
6184
6185 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6186 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6187 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6188
6189 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6190
6191 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6192 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6193
6194 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6195
6196 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6197 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6198 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6199 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6200 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6201 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6202
6203 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6204 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6205
6206 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6207
6208 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6209 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6210 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6211 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6212 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6213
6214 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6215
6216 ;;;***
6217 \f
6218 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6219 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6221
6222 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6223 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6224
6225 \(fn)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6228 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6229 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6230 Upper-case letters are commands.
6231
6232 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6233 modify it.
6234
6235 The most useful commands are:
6236 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6237 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6238 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6239 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6240 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6241 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6242
6243 \(fn)" t nil)
6244
6245 ;;;***
6246 \f
6247 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6248 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17851
6249 ;;;;;; 10822))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6251
6252 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6253 Customization of `columns' group.
6254
6255 \(fn)" t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6258 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6259
6260 START and END delimits the text region.
6261
6262 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6265 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6266
6267 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6268
6269 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6270
6271 ;;;***
6272 \f
6273 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17851
6274 ;;;;;; 10867))
6275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6276
6277 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6278 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6279 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6280 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6281 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6282 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6283
6284 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6285
6286 Customization:
6287
6288 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6289 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6290 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6291 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6292 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6293 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6294 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6295 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6297 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6298 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6299 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6300 blank line.
6301 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6302 Directories to search when finding external units.
6303 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6304 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6305
6306 Coloring:
6307
6308 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6309 Face used to color delphi comments.
6310 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6311 Face used to color delphi strings.
6312 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6313 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6314 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6315 Face used to color everything else.
6316
6317 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6318 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6319
6320 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6321
6322 ;;;***
6323 \f
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17851
6325 ;;;;;; 10822))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6327
6328 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6329
6330 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6331 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6332 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6334 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6335 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6336
6337 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6338
6339 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6340 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6341 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6342 positive.
6343
6344 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6345 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6346 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6347 any selection.
6348
6349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6350
6351 ;;;***
6352 \f
6353 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6354 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17851 10852))
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6356
6357 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6358 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6359
6360 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6361
6362 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6363 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6364 or nil if there is no parent.
6365 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6366 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6367 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6368 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6369 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6370
6371 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6372 arguments are currently understood:
6373 :group GROUP
6374 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6375 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6376 :syntax-table TABLE
6377 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6378 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6379 :abbrev-table TABLE
6380 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6381 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6382
6383 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6384
6385 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6386
6387 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6388 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6389 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6390
6391 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6392 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6393
6394 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6395 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6396 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6397
6398 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6399 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6400
6401 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6402 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6403
6404 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6405
6406 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6407
6408 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6409 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6410 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6411 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6412 the first time the mode is used.
6413
6414 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6415
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6419 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17851 10822))
6420 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6421
6422 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6423 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6424 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6425 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6426 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6427 otherwise.
6428
6429 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6430
6431 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6432 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6433 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6434 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6435 character composition information (if relevant),
6436 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6437
6438 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6439
6440 ;;;***
6441 \f
6442 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6443 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6444 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6445 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17851 10822))
6446 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6447
6448 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6449 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6450 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6451
6452 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6453
6454 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6455 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6456 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6457 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6458 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6459 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6460
6461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6462
6463 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6464 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6465 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6466 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6467
6468 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6469
6470 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6471 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6472 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6473
6474 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6475 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6476 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6477
6478 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6479 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6480
6481 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6482 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6483 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6484
6485 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6486 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6487 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6488 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6489
6490 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6491
6492 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6493 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6494
6495 Handlers are called with argument list
6496
6497 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6498
6499 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6500
6501 desktop-file-version
6502 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6503 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6504 desktop-buffer-point
6505 desktop-buffer-mark
6506 desktop-buffer-read-only
6507 desktop-buffer-locals
6508
6509 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6510 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6511
6512 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6513 code like
6514
6515 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6516 ...
6517 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6518 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6519
6520 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6521
6522 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6523
6524 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6525 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6526 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6527 List elements must have the form
6528
6529 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6530
6531 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6532 function.
6533
6534 Handlers are called with argument list
6535
6536 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6537
6538 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6539
6540 desktop-file-version
6541 desktop-buffer-file-name
6542 desktop-buffer-name
6543 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6544 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6545 desktop-buffer-point
6546 desktop-buffer-mark
6547 desktop-buffer-read-only
6548 desktop-buffer-misc
6549
6550 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6551 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6552 created and set.
6553
6554 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6555 code like
6556
6557 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6558 ...
6559 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6560 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6561
6562 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6563
6564 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6565
6566 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6567
6568 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6569 Empty the Desktop.
6570 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6571 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6572 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6573
6574 \(fn)" t nil)
6575
6576 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6577 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6578 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6579 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6580
6581 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6584 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6585 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6586
6587 \(fn)" t nil)
6588
6589 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6590 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6591 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6592 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6593 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6594 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6595 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6596 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6597
6598 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6599
6600 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6601 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6602 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6603
6604 \(fn)" nil nil)
6605
6606 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6607 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6608 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6609 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6610 directory DIRNAME.
6611
6612 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6613
6614 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6615 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6616
6617 \(fn)" t nil)
6618
6619 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6620 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6621
6622 \(fn)" t nil)
6623
6624 ;;;***
6625 \f
6626 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6627 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6628 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17851 10856))
6629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6630
6631 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6632 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6633 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6634 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6635 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6636 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6637
6638 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6639
6640 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6641 Repair a broken attribution line.
6642 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6643
6644 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6645
6646 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6647 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6648 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6649 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6650
6651 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6652
6653 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6654 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6655
6656 \(fn)" t nil)
6657
6658 ;;;***
6659 \f
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6661 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17851 10861))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6663
6664 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6665
6666 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6667 Not documented
6668
6669 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6670
6671 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6672 Not documented
6673
6674 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6675
6676 ;;;***
6677 \f
6678 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6679 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17851 10852))
6680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6681
6682 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6683 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6684 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6685 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6686 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6687
6688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6691 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6692 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6693 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6694
6695 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6696 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6697 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6698 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6699
6700 #!/bin/sh
6701 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6702 emacs -batch \\
6703 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6704 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6705 european-calendar-style t \\
6706 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6707 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6708 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6709
6710 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6711 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6712 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6713 to run it every morning at 1am.
6714
6715 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6716
6717 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6718 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6719
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6725 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17851 10822))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6727
6728 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6729 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6730
6731 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6732
6733 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6734 *The command to use to run diff.")
6735
6736 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6737
6738 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6739 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6740 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6741 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6742 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6743 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6744
6745 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6748 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6749 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6750 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6751 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6752 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6753
6754 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6755
6756 ;;;***
6757 \f
6758 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6759 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
6760 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6761
6762 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6763 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6764 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6765 normal diffs.
6766 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6767 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6768 headers for you on-the-fly.
6769
6770 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6771 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6772 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6773 \\{diff-mode-map}
6774
6775 \(fn)" t nil)
6776
6777 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6778 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6779 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6780
6781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6782
6783 ;;;***
6784 \f
6785 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6786 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6787 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6788 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6789 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17851 10823))
6790 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6791
6792 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6793 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6794 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6795 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6796 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6797 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6798 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6799 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6800
6801 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6802
6803 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6804 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6805
6806 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6807 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6808 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6809 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6810 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6811
6812 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6813 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6814
6815 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6816 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6817 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6818 always set this variable to t.")
6819
6820 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6821
6822 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6823 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6824 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6825 A value of t means move to first file.")
6826
6827 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6828
6829 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6830 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6831 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6832 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6833 are afterward marked with that character.")
6834
6835 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6836
6837 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6838 *Controls marking of copied files.
6839 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6840 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6841
6842 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6843
6844 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6845 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6846 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6847 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6848
6849 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6850
6851 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6852 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6853 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6854 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6855
6856 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6857
6858 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6859 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6860 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6861 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6862
6863 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6864
6865 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6866
6867 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6868 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6869 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6870
6871 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6872
6873 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6874 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6875 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6876 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6877 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6878 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6879
6880 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6881 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6882 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6883 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6884 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6885 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6886 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6887 list of files to make directory entries for.
6888 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6889 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6890 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6891 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6892
6893 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6894
6895 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6896 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6897
6898 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6899 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6900
6901 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6902 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6903
6904 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6905 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6906
6907 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6910 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6911
6912 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6913
6914 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6915 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6916 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6917 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6918 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6919 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6920 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6921 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6922 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6923 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6924 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6925 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6926 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6927 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6928 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6929 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6930 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6931 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6932 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6933 to see why something went wrong.
6934 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6935 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6936 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6937 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6938 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6939 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6940 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6941 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6942 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6943 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6944 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6945 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6946 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6947
6948 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6949 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6950 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6951 again for the directory tree.
6952
6953 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6954 for more info):
6955
6956 `dired-listing-switches'
6957 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6958 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6959 `dired-marker-char'
6960 `dired-del-marker'
6961 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6962 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6963 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6964 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6965
6966 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6967
6968 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6969 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6970 `dired-mode-hook'
6971 `dired-load-hook'
6972
6973 Keybindings:
6974 \\{dired-mode-map}
6975
6976 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6977 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6978
6979 ;;;***
6980 \f
6981 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6982 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6983 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6984 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6985 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6986 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6987 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6988 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6989 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6990 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6991 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6992 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6993 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6994 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17851 10822))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6996
6997 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6998 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6999 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7000 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7001 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7002 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7003 which is options for `diff'.
7004
7005 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7006
7007 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7008 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7009 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7010 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7011 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7012 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7013
7014 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7015
7016 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7017 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7018 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7019 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7020 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7021 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7022 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7023
7024 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7025
7026 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7027 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7028 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7029 returned by function `file-attributes'
7030
7031 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7032 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7033
7034 Examples of PREDICATE:
7035
7036 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7037 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7038 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7039 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7040 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7041
7042 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7043
7044 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7045 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7046 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7047
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7052
7053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7054
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7057
7058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7059
7060 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7061 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7062 This calls touch.
7063
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7065
7066 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7067 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7068 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7069 `lpr-switches' as default.
7070
7071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7072
7073 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7074 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7075 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7076 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7077 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7078
7079 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7080 with a prefix argument.
7081
7082 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7085 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7086 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7087 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7088 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7089
7090 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7091 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7092
7093 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7094 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7095 file name substituted for `?'.
7096
7097 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7098 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7099
7100 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7101 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7102 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7103 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7104
7105 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7106
7107 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7108 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7109 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7110
7111 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7112 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7113 in a subdir.
7114
7115 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7116 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7117 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7118
7119 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Not documented
7123
7124 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7125
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7128 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7129 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7130 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7131 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7132 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7133 from the buffer as well.
7134 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7135 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7136 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7137
7138 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7139
7140 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7141 Not documented
7142
7143 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7144
7145 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7146 Not documented
7147
7148 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7149
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7152
7153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7154
7155 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7157
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7162
7163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7166 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7167 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7168 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7169
7170 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7171 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7172 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7173 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7174 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7175 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7176 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7177
7178 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7181 Not documented
7182
7183 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7184
7185 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7186 Not documented
7187
7188 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7189
7190 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7191 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7192
7193 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Not documented
7197
7198 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7199
7200 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Not documented
7202
7203 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7204
7205 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7207
7208 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7211 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7212 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7213 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7214 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7215 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7216 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7217 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7218 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7219
7220 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7221 like `cp -d'.
7222
7223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7224
7225 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7226 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7227 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7228 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7229 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7230 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7231 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7232 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7233
7234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7238 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7239 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7240 and new hard links are made in that directory
7241 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7242 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7243 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7244
7245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7246
7247 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7248 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7249 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7250 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7251 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7252 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7253 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7254
7255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7258 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7259
7260 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7261 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7262 file if none are marked.
7263
7264 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7265 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7266 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7267 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7268
7269 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7270 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7271
7272 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7273
7274 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7275 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7276 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7277
7278 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7279
7280 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7281 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7282 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7283
7284 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7287 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7288 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7289
7290 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7294
7295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7298 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7299
7300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7303 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7304 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7305 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7306 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7307 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7308 this subdirectory.
7309 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7310
7311 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7312 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7313 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7314 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7315 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7316 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7317 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7318
7319 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7322 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7323 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7324 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7325 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7326 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7327 this subdirectory.
7328 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7329
7330 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7333 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7334 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7335
7336 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7339 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7340 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7341 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7342
7343 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7344
7345 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7346 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7347 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7348 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7353 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7354 Lower levels are unaffected.
7355
7356 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7359 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7360
7361 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Go down in the dired tree.
7365
7366 \(fn)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7369 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7370 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7371 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7372
7373 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7376 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7377 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7378 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7379
7380 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7383 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7384 Stops when a match is found.
7385 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7386
7387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7390 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7391 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7392 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7393 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7394
7395 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7398 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7399 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7400 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7401
7402 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7403
7404 ;;;***
7405 \f
7406 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17851 10823))
7407 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7408
7409 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7410 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7411 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7412 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7413 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7414 buffer and try again.
7415
7416 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7417
7418 ;;;***
7419 \f
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17851 10823))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7422
7423 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7424 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7425 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7426
7427 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7428
7429 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7430 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7431
7432 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7433 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7434
7435 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7436
7437 ;;;***
7438 \f
7439 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17851
7440 ;;;;;; 10852))
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7442
7443 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7444 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7445 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7446 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7447 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7448 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7449
7450 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7451
7452 ;;;***
7453 \f
7454 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7455 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7456 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7457 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7458 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17851 10823))
7459 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7460
7461 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7462 Return a new, empty display table.
7463
7464 \(fn)" nil nil)
7465
7466 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7467 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7468 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7469 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7470 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7471
7472 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7473
7474 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7475 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7476 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7477 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7478 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7479
7480 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7481
7482 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7484
7485 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7486
7487 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7488 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7489
7490 \(fn)" t nil)
7491
7492 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7493 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7494
7495 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7496
7497 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7498 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7499
7500 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7501
7502 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7503 Display character C using printable string S.
7504
7505 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7506
7507 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7508 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7509 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7510 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7511
7512 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7513
7514 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7515 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7516 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7517 X frame.
7518
7519 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7520
7521 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7522 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7523
7524 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7525
7526 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7527 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7528
7529 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7530
7531 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7532 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7533
7534 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7535 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7536 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7537 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7538
7539 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7540 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7541 European character display.
7542
7543 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7544 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7545 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7546 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7547
7548 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7549 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7550 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7551 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7552 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7553
7554 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7555
7556 ;;;***
7557 \f
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7559 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7561
7562 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7563 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7564 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7565 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7566 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7567 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7568 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7569 Default is 2.
7570
7571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7572
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17851 10823))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7577
7578 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7579 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7580 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7581 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7582 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7583 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7584 private or ask).
7585 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7586 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7587 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7588 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7589 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7590
7591 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7592
7593 ;;;***
7594 \f
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7596 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17851 10872))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7598
7599 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7600 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7601 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7602 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7603 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7604 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7605 table and its own syntax table.
7606
7607 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7608
7609 \(fn)" t nil)
7610 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7611
7612 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7613 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7614
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7616 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7617
7618 ;;;***
7619 \f
7620 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17851 10865))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7622
7623 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7624 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7625
7626 \(fn)" t nil)
7627
7628 ;;;***
7629 \f
7630 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7631 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7633
7634 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7635 Toggle Double mode.
7636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7637 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7638
7639 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7640
7641 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7642 Toggle Double mode.
7643 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7644
7645 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7646 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7647
7648 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7649
7650 ;;;***
7651 \f
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17851 10865))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7654
7655 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7656 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7657
7658 \(fn)" t nil)
7659
7660 ;;;***
7661 \f
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7663 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7665
7666 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7667 Play sounds in message buffers.
7668
7669 \(fn)" t nil)
7670
7671 ;;;***
7672 \f
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7674 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7675 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17851 10852))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7677
7678 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7679
7680 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7681 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7682 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7683 and toggle command MODE.
7684
7685 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7686 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7687 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7688 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7689 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7690 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7691 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7692 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7693 used (see below).
7694
7695 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7696 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7697 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7698 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7699 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7700 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7701 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7702 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7703 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7704 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7705 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7706 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7707 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7708 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7709 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7710 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7711 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7712
7713 For example, you could write
7714 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7715 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7716 ...BODY CODE...)
7717
7718 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7719
7720 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7721
7722 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7723 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7724 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7725 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7726 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7727 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7728 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7729 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7730 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7731 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7732 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7733 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7734
7735 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7736 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7737 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7738 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7739 call another major mode in their body.
7740
7741 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7742
7743 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7744 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7745 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7746 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7747 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7748 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7749 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7750
7751 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7752
7753 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7754 Not documented
7755
7756 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7757
7758 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7759 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7760 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7761
7762 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7763
7764 ;;;***
7765 \f
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7767 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17851
7768 ;;;;;; 10852))
7769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7770
7771 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7772
7773 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7774 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7775
7776 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7777 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7778 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7779
7780 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7781 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7782
7783 :filter FUNCTION
7784
7785 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7786 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7787
7788 :visible INCLUDE
7789
7790 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7791 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7792
7793 :active ENABLE
7794
7795 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7796 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7797
7798 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7799
7800 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7801
7802 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7803
7804 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7805 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7806
7807 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7808 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7809
7810 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7811
7812 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7813
7814 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7815
7816 :keys KEYS
7817
7818 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7819 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7820 computed automatically.
7821 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7822
7823 :key-sequence KEYS
7824
7825 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7826 menu item.
7827 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7828 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7829 keyboard equivalent.
7830
7831 :active ENABLE
7832
7833 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7834 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7835
7836 :visible INCLUDE
7837
7838 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7839 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7840
7841 :suffix FORM
7842
7843 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7844 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7845
7846 :style STYLE
7847
7848 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7849 defined:
7850
7851 toggle: A checkbox.
7852 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7853 radio: A radio button.
7854 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7855 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7856 menu bar itself.
7857 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7858
7859 :selected SELECTED
7860
7861 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7862 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7863
7864 :help HELP
7865
7866 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7867
7868 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7869 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7870 as a solid horizontal line.
7871
7872 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7873
7874 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7875
7876 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7877 Not documented
7878
7879 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7880
7881 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7882 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7883 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7884 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7885
7886 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7887
7888 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7889 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7890 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7891 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7892 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7893 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7894
7895 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7896 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7897 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7898
7899 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7900 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7901 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7902
7903 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7904 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7905
7906 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7907
7908 ;;;***
7909 \f
7910 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7911 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7912 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7913 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7914 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7915 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7916 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17851 10867))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7919
7920 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7921 Customization for ebnf group.
7922
7923 \(fn)" t nil)
7924
7925 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7926 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7927
7928 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7929
7930 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7931 processed.
7932
7933 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7934
7935 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7936
7937 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7938 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7939
7940 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7941 killed after process termination.
7942
7943 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7944
7945 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7948 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7949
7950 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7951 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7952 it to the printer.
7953
7954 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7955 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7956 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7957 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7958
7959 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7960
7961 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7962 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7963 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7964
7965 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7966
7967 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7968 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7969
7970 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7971
7972 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7973 processed.
7974
7975 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7976
7977 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7978
7979 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7980 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7981
7982 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7983 killed after process termination.
7984
7985 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7986
7987 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7988
7989 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7990 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7991 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7992 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7993
7994 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7995
7996 \(fn)" t nil)
7997
7998 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7999 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8000 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8001
8002 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8003
8004 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8005
8006 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8007 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8008
8009 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8010
8011 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8012 processed.
8013
8014 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8015
8016 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8017
8018 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8019 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8020
8021 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8022 killed after EPS generation.
8023
8024 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8025
8026 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8027
8028 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8029 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8030
8031 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8032 The EPS file name has the following form:
8033
8034 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8035
8036 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8037 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8038
8039 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8040 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8041 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8042 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8043
8044 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8045
8046 \(fn)" t nil)
8047
8048 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8049 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8050
8051 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8052 The EPS file name has the following form:
8053
8054 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8055
8056 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8057 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8058
8059 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8060 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8061 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8062 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8063
8064 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8065
8066 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8067
8068 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8069
8070 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8071 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8072
8073 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8074
8075 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8076 processed.
8077
8078 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8079
8080 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8081
8082 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8083 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8084
8085 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8086 killed after syntax checking.
8087
8088 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8089
8090 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8091
8092 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8093 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8094
8095 \(fn)" t nil)
8096
8097 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8099
8100 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8101
8102 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8103 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8104
8105 \(fn)" nil nil)
8106
8107 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8108 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8109
8110 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8111
8112 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8113
8114 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8115 Delete style NAME.
8116
8117 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8118
8119 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8120
8121 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8122 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8123
8124 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8125
8126 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8127
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Set STYLE as the current style.
8130
8131 It returns the old style symbol.
8132
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8134
8135 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Reset current style.
8139
8140 It returns the old style symbol.
8141
8142 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8143
8144 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8148
8149 It returns the old style symbol.
8150
8151 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8152
8153 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8154
8155 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8156 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8157
8158 It returns the old style symbol.
8159
8160 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8161
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8163
8164 ;;;***
8165 \f
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8167 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8168 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8169 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8170 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8171 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8172 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8173 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8174 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8175 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8176 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17822
8177 ;;;;;; 38987))
8178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8179
8180 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8181 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8182 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8183 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8184 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8185 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8186
8187 Tree mode key bindings:
8188 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8189
8190 \(fn)" t nil)
8191
8192 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8193 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8194
8195 \(fn)" t nil)
8196
8197 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8198 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8199
8200 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8201
8202 \(fn)" nil nil)
8203
8204 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8205 View declaration of member at point.
8206
8207 \(fn)" t nil)
8208
8209 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8210 Find declaration of member at point.
8211
8212 \(fn)" t nil)
8213
8214 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8215 View definition of member at point.
8216
8217 \(fn)" t nil)
8218
8219 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8220 Find definition of member at point.
8221
8222 \(fn)" t nil)
8223
8224 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8225 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8226
8227 \(fn)" t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8230 View definition of member at point in other window.
8231
8232 \(fn)" t nil)
8233
8234 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8235 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8236
8237 \(fn)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8240 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8241
8242 \(fn)" t nil)
8243
8244 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8245 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8246
8247 \(fn)" t nil)
8248
8249 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8250 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8251
8252 \(fn)" t nil)
8253
8254 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8255 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8256 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8257 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8258 completion.
8259
8260 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8261
8262 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8263 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8264 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8265 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8266
8267 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8270 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8271 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8272 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8273
8274 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8275
8276 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8277 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8278 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8279
8280 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8281
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Search for call sites of a member.
8284 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8285 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8286 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8287 looks like a function call to the member.
8288
8289 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8292 Move backward in the position stack.
8293 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8294
8295 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8298 Move forward in the position stack.
8299 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8300
8301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8304 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8305
8306 \(fn)" t nil)
8307
8308 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8309 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8310
8311 \(fn)" t nil)
8312
8313 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8314 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8315 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8316 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8317
8318 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8319
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8321 Display statistics for a class tree.
8322
8323 \(fn)" t nil)
8324
8325 ;;;***
8326 \f
8327 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8328 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8329 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8330
8331 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8332 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8333 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8334 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8335
8336 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8337 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8338 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8339
8340 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8341 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8342 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8343
8344 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8345
8346 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8347
8348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8349
8350 ;;;***
8351 \f
8352 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8353 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17851 10823))
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8355
8356 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8357 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8358 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8359
8360 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8361
8362 ;;;***
8363 \f
8364 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8365 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8366 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17851 10852))
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8368
8369 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8370 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8371 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8372 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8373 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8374
8375 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8376 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8377 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8378 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8379
8380 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8381
8382 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8383 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8384 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8385 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8386
8387 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8388
8389 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8390 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8391 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8392 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8393
8394 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8395
8396 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8397
8398 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8399 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8400 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8401 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8402 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8403
8404 If you do this on a function definition
8405 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8406 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8407 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8408 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8409
8410 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8411 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8412 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8413 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8414 already is one.)
8415
8416 \(fn)" t nil)
8417
8418 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8419 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8420
8421 \(fn)" t nil)
8422
8423 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8424 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8425
8426 \(fn)" t nil)
8427
8428 ;;;***
8429 \f
8430 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8431 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8432 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8433 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8434 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8435 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8436 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8437 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8438 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8439 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17851 10823))
8440 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8441
8442 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8443 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8444
8445 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8446
8447 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8449
8450 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8451
8452 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8453
8454 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8455
8456 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8457 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8458 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8459 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8460
8461 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8462
8463 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8464 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8465
8466 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8467
8468 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8469
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8471 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8472
8473 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8474
8475 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8476
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8479 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8480 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8481
8482 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8483
8484 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8485
8486 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8487 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8488 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8489 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8490
8491 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8492
8493 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8494
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8496 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8497 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8498 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8499
8500 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8501
8502 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8503
8504 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8505 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8506 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8507 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8508
8509 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8510
8511 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8512
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8514 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8515 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8516 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8517 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8518 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8519
8520 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8523 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8524 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8525 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8526
8527 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8528
8529 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8530
8531 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8532 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8533 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8534 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8535
8536 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8537
8538 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8539
8540 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8541
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8543 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8544 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8545 follows:
8546 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8547 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8548
8549 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8550
8551 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8552 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8553 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8554 follows:
8555 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8556 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8557
8558 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8559
8560 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8561 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8562 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8563 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8564 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8565
8566 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8569 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8570 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8571 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8572 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8573 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8574
8575 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8576
8577 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8578
8579 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8580 Merge two files without ancestor.
8581
8582 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8583
8584 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8585 Merge two files with ancestor.
8586
8587 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8588
8589 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8590
8591 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8592 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8593
8594 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8595
8596 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8597 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8598
8599 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8600
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8603 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8604 buffer.
8605
8606 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8610 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8611 buffer.
8612
8613 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8614
8615 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8616 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8617 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8618 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8619
8620 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8621
8622 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8623 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8624 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8625 and don't ask the user.
8626 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8627 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8628
8629 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8630
8631 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8632 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8633 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8634 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8635 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8636 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8637 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8638 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8639
8640 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8641
8642 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8643
8644 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8645
8646 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8647 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8648 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8649 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8650 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8651
8652 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8653
8654 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8655
8656 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8657 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8658 When called interactively, displays the version.
8659
8660 \(fn)" t nil)
8661
8662 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8663 Display Ediff's manual.
8664 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8665
8666 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8667
8668 ;;;***
8669 \f
8670 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8671 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8673
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8675 Not documented
8676
8677 \(fn)" t nil)
8678
8679 ;;;***
8680 \f
8681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17851 10823))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8683
8684 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8685 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8686
8687 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8688
8689 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8690
8691 ;;;***
8692 \f
8693 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8694 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8696
8697 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8698 Display Ediff's registry.
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8703
8704 ;;;***
8705 \f
8706 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8707 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17851 10823))
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8709
8710 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8711 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8712 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8713 which see.
8714
8715 \(fn)" t nil)
8716
8717 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8718 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8719 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8720 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8721
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8723
8724 ;;;***
8725 \f
8726 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8727 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8728 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8730
8731 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8732 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8733 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8734
8735 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8736 Edit a keyboard macro.
8737 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8738 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8739 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8740 its command name.
8741 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8742
8743 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8744
8745 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8746 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8747
8748 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8749
8750 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8751 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8752
8753 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8754
8755 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8756 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8757 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8758 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8759 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8760 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8761
8762 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8763 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8764 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8765 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8766
8767 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8768
8769 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8770 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8771 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8772 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8773 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8774 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8775
8776 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8777
8778 ;;;***
8779 \f
8780 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8781 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17851 10853))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8783
8784 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8785 Set scroll margins.
8786 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8787 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8788
8789 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8790
8791 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8792 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8793
8794 \(fn)" t nil)
8795
8796 ;;;***
8797 \f
8798 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8799 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8801
8802 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8803 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8804 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8805 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8806 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8807 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8808 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8809 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8810
8811 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8812 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8813
8814 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8815 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8816 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8817 this value is non-nil.
8818
8819 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8820 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8821 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8822
8823 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8824 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8825 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8826
8827 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8828
8829 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8830 Not documented
8831
8832 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8833
8834 ;;;***
8835 \f
8836 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8837 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17851 10853))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8839
8840 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8841 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8842
8843 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8844
8845 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8846 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8847 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8848 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8849 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8850 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8851 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8852
8853 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8854
8855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8856
8857 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8858 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8859
8860 \(fn)" t nil)
8861
8862 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8863 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8864 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8865 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8866 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8867 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8868 arg list.
8869
8870 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8871 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8872
8873 ;;;***
8874 \f
8875 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17851
8876 ;;;;;; 10826))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8878
8879 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8880 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8881
8882 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8883 an elided material again.
8884
8885 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8886
8887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8888
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8892 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8894
8895 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8896 Initialize elint.
8897
8898 \(fn)" t nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8903 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17851
8904 ;;;;;; 10853))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8906
8907 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8908 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8909 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8910
8911 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8912
8913 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8914 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8915 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8916
8917 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8918
8919 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8920 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8921 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8922
8923 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8924
8925 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8926
8927 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8928 Display current profiling results.
8929 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8930 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8931 displayed.
8932
8933 \(fn)" t nil)
8934
8935 ;;;***
8936 \f
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8938 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8940
8941 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8942 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8943 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8944
8945 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8946
8947 ;;;***
8948 \f
8949 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8950 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8951 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8952 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8953 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17197 14700))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8955
8956 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8957 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8958 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8959 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8960 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8961 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8962 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8963 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8964 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8965 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8966 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8967 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8968 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8969 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8970 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8971 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8972
8973 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8974 Run Emerge on two files.
8975
8976 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8979 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8980
8981 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8982
8983 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8984 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8985
8986 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8987
8988 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8989 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8990
8991 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8992
8993 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8994 Not documented
8995
8996 \(fn)" nil nil)
8997
8998 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8999 Not documented
9000
9001 \(fn)" nil nil)
9002
9003 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9004 Not documented
9005
9006 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9007
9008 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9009 Not documented
9010
9011 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9012
9013 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9014 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9015
9016 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9017
9018 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9019 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9020
9021 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9022
9023 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9024 Not documented
9025
9026 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9027
9028 ;;;***
9029 \f
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9031 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9033
9034 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9035 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9036 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9039 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9040
9041 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9042
9043 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9044 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9045 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9046
9047 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9048 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9049 automatically.
9050
9051 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9052 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9053 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9054
9055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9060 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17851 10872))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9062
9063 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9064 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9065 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9066 text/enriched format.
9067 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9068
9069 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9070 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9071
9072 Commands:
9073
9074 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9075
9076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9077
9078 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9079 Not documented
9080
9081 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9082
9083 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9084 Not documented
9085
9086 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9087
9088 ;;;***
9089 \f
9090 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9091 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17851 10855))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9093
9094 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9095 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9096
9097 \(fn)" nil nil)
9098
9099 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9100 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9101 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9102 (server (erc-compute-server))
9103 (port (erc-compute-port))
9104 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9105 password
9106 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9107
9108 That is, if called with
9109
9110 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9111
9112 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9113 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9114 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9115
9116 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9117
9118 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9119 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9120 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9121 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9122
9123 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9124
9125 ;;;***
9126 \f
9127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17851
9128 ;;;;;; 10855))
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9130 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9131
9132 ;;;***
9133 \f
9134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17851 10855))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9137
9138 ;;;***
9139 \f
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17842 54344))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9142 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9143
9144 ;;;***
9145 \f
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17851 10855))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9148 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9149
9150 ;;;***
9151 \f
9152 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9153 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17851 10855))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9155
9156 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9157 Parser for /dcc command.
9158 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9159 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9160 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9161
9162 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9163
9164 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9165 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9166
9167 \(fn)" nil nil)
9168
9169 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9170 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9171
9172 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9173 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9174 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9175 that subcommand.
9176
9177 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9182 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9183 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9184 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9185 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9187
9188 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9189 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9190
9191 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9194 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9195 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9196 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9197
9198 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9199
9200 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9201 Not documented
9202
9203 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9204
9205 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9206 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9207
9208 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9209
9210 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9211 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9212
9213 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9214
9215 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9216 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9217
9218 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9219
9220 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9221 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9222
9223 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9224
9225 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9226 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9227
9228 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9229
9230 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9231 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9232
9233 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9234
9235 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9236 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9237
9238 \(fn)" nil nil)
9239
9240 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9241 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9242
9243 \(fn)" nil nil)
9244
9245 ;;;***
9246 \f
9247 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17851
9248 ;;;;;; 10855))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9250 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9251
9252 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9253 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9254 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9255
9256 \(fn)" nil nil)
9257
9258 ;;;***
9259 \f
9260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17851
9261 ;;;;;; 10855))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9264
9265 ;;;***
9266 \f
9267 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9268 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17851 10855))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9270 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9271
9272 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9273 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9274 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9275 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9276 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9277 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9278 system.
9279
9280 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9281
9282 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9283 Not documented
9284
9285 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9286
9287 ;;;***
9288 \f
9289 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9290 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9292
9293 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9294 Not documented
9295
9296 \(fn)" nil nil)
9297
9298 ;;;***
9299 \f
9300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17851 10855))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9302 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9303
9304 ;;;***
9305 \f
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9307 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17851 10855))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9309 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9312 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9313 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9314 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9315 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9316 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9317
9318 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9319
9320 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9321 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9322 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9323 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9324
9325 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9326 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9327 automatically.
9328
9329 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9330 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9331
9332 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9333
9334 ;;;***
9335 \f
9336 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9337 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9338 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9339 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9341 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9342
9343 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9344 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9345
9346 \(fn)" t nil)
9347
9348 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9349 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9350
9351 \(fn)" t nil)
9352
9353 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9354 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9355
9356 \(fn)" t nil)
9357
9358 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9359 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9360
9361 \(fn)" t nil)
9362
9363 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9364 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9365
9366 \(fn)" t nil)
9367
9368 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9369 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9370
9371 \(fn)" t nil)
9372
9373 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9374 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9375
9376 \(fn)" t nil)
9377
9378 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9379 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9380
9381 \(fn)" t nil)
9382
9383 ;;;***
9384 \f
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17851 10855))
9386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9387 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9388
9389 ;;;***
9390 \f
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9392 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9394 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9395
9396 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9397 Show who's gone.
9398
9399 \(fn)" nil nil)
9400
9401 ;;;***
9402 \f
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9404 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17851 10855))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9406
9407 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9408 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9409 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9410 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9411
9412 \(fn)" nil nil)
9413
9414 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9415 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9416
9417 \(fn)" t nil)
9418
9419 ;;;***
9420 \f
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9422 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17851 10855))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9425
9426 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9427 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9428 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9429 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9430
9431 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9432
9433 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9434 Not documented
9435
9436 \(fn)" nil nil)
9437
9438 ;;;***
9439 \f
9440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17851 10855))
9441 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9442 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9443
9444 ;;;***
9445 \f
9446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17851
9447 ;;;;;; 10855))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9449 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9450
9451 ;;;***
9452 \f
9453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17851 10855))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9455 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9456
9457 ;;;***
9458 \f
9459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17851 10855))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9461 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9462
9463 ;;;***
9464 \f
9465 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9466 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17851 10855))
9467 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9468 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9469
9470 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9471 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9472
9473 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9474
9475 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9476 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9477 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9478
9479 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9480
9481 ;;;***
9482 \f
9483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17851 10855))
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9485 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9490 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9492
9493 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9494 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9495 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9496
9497 \(fn)" t nil)
9498
9499 ;;;***
9500 \f
9501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17851
9502 ;;;;;; 10855))
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9504 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9505
9506 ;;;***
9507 \f
9508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17851 10855))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9511
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17851 10855))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9517 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9518
9519 ;;;***
9520 \f
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9522 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17851 10855))
9523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9524 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9525
9526 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9527 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9528 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9529 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9530
9531 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9532
9533 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9534 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9535 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9536
9537 \(fn)" t nil)
9538
9539 ;;;***
9540 \f
9541 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9542 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9543 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9544
9545 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9546 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9547
9548 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9549
9550 ;;;***
9551 \f
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17851
9553 ;;;;;; 10856))
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9555
9556 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9557 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9558
9559 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9560
9561 \(fn)" nil nil)
9562
9563 ;;;***
9564 \f
9565 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17851
9566 ;;;;;; 10856))
9567 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9568
9569 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9570 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9571
9572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9573
9574 ;;;***
9575 \f
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9577 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17851 10856))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9579
9580 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9581 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9582 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9583 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9584 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9585 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9586 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9587 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9588 buffer selected (or created).
9589
9590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9591
9592 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9593 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9594 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9595
9596 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9597
9598 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9599 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9600 The result might be any Lisp object.
9601 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9602 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9603 corresponding to a successful execution.
9604
9605 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9606
9607 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9608 Report a bug in Eshell.
9609 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9610 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9611
9612 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9613
9614 ;;;***
9615 \f
9616 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9617 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9618 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9619 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9620 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9621 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9622 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9623 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
9624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9625
9626 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9627 *File name of tags table.
9628 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9629 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9630 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9631 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9632
9633 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9634 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9635 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9636 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9637
9638 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9639
9640 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9641 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9642 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9643 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9644 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9645 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9646
9647 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9648
9649 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9650 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9651 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9652 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9653 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9654 `auto-compression-mode').")
9655
9656 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9657
9658 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9659 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9660 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9661 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9662 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9663
9664 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9665
9666 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9667 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9668 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9669 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9670
9671 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9672
9673 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9674 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9675 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9676 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9677 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9678
9679 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9680
9681 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9682 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9683
9684 \(fn)" t nil)
9685
9686 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9687 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9688 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9689 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9690
9691 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9692 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9693 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9694 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9695 file the tag was in.
9696
9697 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9698
9699 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9700 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9701 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9702 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9703 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9704 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9705 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9706 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9707 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9708
9709 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9710
9711 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9712 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9713 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9714 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9715 without directory names.
9716
9717 \(fn)" nil nil)
9718
9719 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9720 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9721 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9722 but does not select the buffer.
9723 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9724
9725 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9726 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9727 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9728 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9729 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9730
9731 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9732
9733 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9734 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9735 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9736
9737 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9738
9739 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9740
9741 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9742 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9743 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9744 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9745
9746 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9747 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9748 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9749 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9750 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9751
9752 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9753
9754 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9755 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9756 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9757
9758 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9759
9760 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9761 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9762
9763 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9764 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9765 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9766 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9767 around or before point.
9768
9769 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9770 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9771 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9772 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9773 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9774
9775 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9776
9777 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9778 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9779 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9780
9781 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9782
9783 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9784 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9785
9786 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9787 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9788 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9789 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9790 around or before point.
9791
9792 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9793 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9794 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9795 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9796 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9797
9798 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9799
9800 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9801 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9802 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9803
9804 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9805
9806 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9807 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9808
9809 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9810 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9811 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9812
9813 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9814 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9815 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9816 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9817 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9818
9819 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9820
9821 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9822 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9823 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9824
9825 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9826
9827 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9828 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9829 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9830
9831 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9832 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9833
9834 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9835 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9836 where they were found.
9837
9838 \(fn)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9841 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9842
9843 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9844 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9845 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9846
9847 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9848 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9849
9850 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9851 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9852
9853 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9854
9855 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9856 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9857 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9858 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9859
9860 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9861 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9862 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9863 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9864 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9865
9866 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9867 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9868
9869 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9870 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9871 Stops when a match is found.
9872 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9873
9874 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9875
9876 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9879 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9880 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9881 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9882 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9883
9884 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9885
9886 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9887
9888 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9889 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9890 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9891 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9892 directory specification.
9893
9894 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9895
9896 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9897 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9898
9899 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9902 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9903 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9904 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9905
9906 \(fn)" t nil)
9907
9908 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9909 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9910 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9911 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9912 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9913
9914 \(fn)" t nil)
9915
9916 ;;;***
9917 \f
9918 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9919 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9920 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9921 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9922 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9923 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9924 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9925 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17851 10861))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9927
9928 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9929 Not documented
9930
9931 \(fn)" nil nil)
9932
9933 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9934 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9935 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9936 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9937
9938 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9939 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9940 language.
9941
9942 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9943 even if the buffer is read-only.
9944
9945 See also the descriptions of the variables
9946 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9947 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9948
9949 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9952 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9953
9954 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9955 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9956
9957 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9958 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9959 language.
9960
9961 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9962 buffer is read-only.
9963
9964 See also the descriptions of the variables
9965 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9966 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9967
9968 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9971 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9972 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9973
9974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9978
9979 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9980 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9981
9982 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9983 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9984
9985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9988 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9989 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9990 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9991
9992 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9993
9994 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9995 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9996 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9997 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9998
9999 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10000 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10001 the primary language.
10002
10003 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10004 buffer is read-only.
10005
10006 See also the descriptions of the variables
10007 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10008 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10009
10010 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10011
10012 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10013 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10014 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10015 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10016
10017 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10018 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10019 primary language.
10020
10021 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10022 buffer is read-only.
10023
10024 See also the descriptions of the variables
10025 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10026 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10027
10028 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10029
10030 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10031 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10032 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10033
10034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10035
10036 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10037 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10038
10039 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10040 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10041 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10042 3) convert the body into SERA.
10043
10044 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10045
10046 \(fn)" t nil)
10047
10048 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10049 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10050 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10051
10052 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10053
10054 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10055 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10056
10057 \(fn)" t nil)
10058
10059 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10060 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10061
10062 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10063 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10064 be 1, 2, or 3.
10065
10066 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10067 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10068 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10069
10070 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10071
10072 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10073
10074 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Allow the user to input special characters.
10076
10077 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10078
10079 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10080 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10081 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10082
10083 \(fn)" t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10087
10088 \(fn)" t nil)
10089
10090 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10091 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10092
10093 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10094 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10095
10096 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10097 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10098
10099 \(fn)" nil nil)
10100
10101 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10102 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10103
10104 \(fn)" nil nil)
10105
10106 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10107 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10108
10109 \(fn)" nil nil)
10110
10111 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10112 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10113
10114 \(fn)" nil nil)
10115
10116 ;;;***
10117 \f
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10119 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10120 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10122
10123 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10124 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10125 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10126 server for future sessions.
10127
10128 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10129
10130 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10131 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10132 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10133
10134 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10135
10136 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10137 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10138 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10139
10140 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10141
10142 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10143 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10144 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10145 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10146 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10147 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10148 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10149 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10150 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10151 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10152 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10153 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10154
10155 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10156
10157 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10158 Display a form to query the directory server.
10159 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10160 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10161
10162 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10163
10164 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10165 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10166 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10167
10168 \(fn)" t nil)
10169
10170 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10171
10172 ;;;***
10173 \f
10174 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10175 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10176 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17851 10863))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10178
10179 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10180 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10181
10182 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10183
10184 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10185 Display URL and make it clickable.
10186
10187 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10188
10189 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10190 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10191
10192 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10193
10194 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10195 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10196
10197 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10198
10199 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10200 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10201
10202 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10203
10204 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10205 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10206
10207 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10208
10209 ;;;***
10210 \f
10211 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10212 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17851 10863))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10214
10215 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10216 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10217 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10218
10219 \(fn)" t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10222 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10223
10224 \(fn)" t nil)
10225
10226 ;;;***
10227 \f
10228 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10229 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10231
10232 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10233 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10234
10235 \(fn)" t nil)
10236
10237 ;;;***
10238 \f
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17851
10240 ;;;;;; 10853))
10241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10242
10243 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10244 Create an empty ewoc.
10245
10246 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10247
10248 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10249 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10250 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10251 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10252 `insert-before-markers'.
10253
10254 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10255 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10256 respectively, of the ewoc.
10257
10258 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10259 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10260 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10261
10262 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10263
10264 ;;;***
10265 \f
10266 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10267 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10268 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10269 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
10270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10271
10272 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10273 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10274 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10275
10276 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10277
10278 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10279 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10280 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10281 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10282 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10283
10284 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10285
10286 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10287 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10288 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10289 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10290 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10291 executable.
10292
10293 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10294
10295 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10296 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10297 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10298
10299 \(fn)" t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10302 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10303 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10304 file modes.
10305
10306 \(fn)" nil nil)
10307
10308 ;;;***
10309 \f
10310 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10311 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17851 10827))
10312 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10313
10314 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10315 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10316 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10317 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10318
10319 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10320
10321 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10322 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10323 to generate such functions.
10324
10325 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10326 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10327 beginning of the expanded text.
10328
10329 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10330 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10331 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10332 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10333
10334 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10335
10336 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10337
10338 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10339 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10340 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10341
10342 \(fn)" t nil)
10343
10344 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10345 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10346 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10347
10348 \(fn)" t nil)
10349 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10350 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10351
10352 ;;;***
10353 \f
10354 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17851 10867))
10355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10356
10357 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10358 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10359 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10360
10361 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10362 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10363 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10364
10365 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10366
10367 Key definitions:
10368 \\{f90-mode-map}
10369
10370 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10371
10372 `f90-do-indent'
10373 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10374 `f90-if-indent'
10375 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10376 `f90-type-indent'
10377 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10378 `f90-program-indent'
10379 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10380 (default 2).
10381 `f90-continuation-indent'
10382 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10383 `f90-comment-region'
10384 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10385 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10386 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10387 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10388 (default \"!\").
10389 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10390 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10391 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10392 `f90-break-delimiters'
10393 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10394 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10395 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10396 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10397 (default t).
10398 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10399 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10400 `f90-smart-end'
10401 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10402 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10403 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10404 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10405 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10406 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10407 `f90-leave-line-no'
10408 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10409
10410 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10411 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10412
10413 \(fn)" t nil)
10414
10415 ;;;***
10416 \f
10417 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10418 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10419 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10420 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10421 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17851 10827))
10422 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10423 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10424 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10425
10426 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10427 Menu keymap for faces.")
10428
10429 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10430
10431 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10432 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10433
10434 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10435
10436 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10437 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10438
10439 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10440
10441 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10442 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10443
10444 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10445
10446 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10447 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10448
10449 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10450
10451 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10452 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10453
10454 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10455
10456 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10457 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10458
10459 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10460
10461 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10462
10463 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10464
10465 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10466
10467 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10468 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10469
10470 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10471 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10472 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10473 to the faces to use for the next character
10474 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10475 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10476
10477 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10478 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10479 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10480 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10481 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10482 preceding faces (including FACE).
10483
10484 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10485 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10486
10487 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10488
10489 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10490 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10491 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10492
10493 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10494 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10495 requested face.
10496
10497 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10498 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10499 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10500
10501 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10502
10503 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10504 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10505 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10506
10507 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10508 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10509 requested face.
10510
10511 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10512 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10513 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10514
10515 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10516
10517 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10518 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10519 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10520 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10521 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10522 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10523 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10524
10525 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10526 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10527 requested face.
10528
10529 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10530 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10531 to insert cancels the specification.
10532
10533 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10534
10535 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10536 Make the region invisible.
10537 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10538 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10539
10540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10541
10542 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10543 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10544 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10545 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10546
10547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10548
10549 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10550 Make the region unmodifiable.
10551 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10552 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10553
10554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10555
10556 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10557 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10558
10559 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10562 Remove all text properties from the region.
10563
10564 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10565
10566 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10567 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10568 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10569
10570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10571
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10573 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10574
10575 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10576
10577 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10578 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10579 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10580 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10581 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10582 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10583
10584 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10585
10586 ;;;***
10587 \f
10588 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10589 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10590 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17753 42784))
10591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10592
10593 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10594 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10595 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10596 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10597
10598 \(fn)" nil nil)
10599
10600 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10601 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10602
10603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10606 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10607 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10608 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10609
10610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10611
10612 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10613 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10614 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10615 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10616 backup file names and the like).
10617
10618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10619
10620 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10621 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10622 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10623 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10624 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10625 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10626 internally by feedmail):
10627
10628 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10629 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10630 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10631 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10632
10633 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10634 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10635 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10636 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10637 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10638
10639 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10640
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10644 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17851 10827))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10646
10647 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10648 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10649 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10650 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10651 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10652 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10653 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10654
10655 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10656
10657 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10658 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10659 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10660 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10661 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10662 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10663 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10664
10665 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10666
10667 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10668
10669 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10670 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10671 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10672 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10673 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10674 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10675
10676 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10677
10678 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10679 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10680 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10681 Return value:
10682 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10683 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10684 * otherwise, nil
10685
10686 \(fn E)" t nil)
10687
10688 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10689 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10690
10691 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10692
10693 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10694 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10695
10696 \(fn)" t nil)
10697
10698 ;;;***
10699 \f
10700 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10701 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10702 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10703 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17851 10827))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10705
10706 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10707 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10708 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10709 be added to the cache.
10710
10711 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10712
10713 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10714 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10715 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10716 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10717 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10718
10719 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10720
10721 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10722 Add FILE to the file cache.
10723
10724 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10725
10726 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10727 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10728 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10729
10730 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10733 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10734 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10735
10736 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10737
10738 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10739 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10740 This function does not use any external programs
10741 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10742 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10743 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10744
10745 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10746
10747 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10748 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10749 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10750 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10751 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10752 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10753 \(directories) is done.
10754
10755 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10756 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10757 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10758 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10759
10760 ;;;***
10761 \f
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17851
10763 ;;;;;; 10827))
10764 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10765
10766 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10767 Filesets initialization.
10768 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10769
10770 \(fn)" nil nil)
10771
10772 ;;;***
10773 \f
10774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17851 10872))
10775 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10776 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10777
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10781 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10782 ;;;;;; (17851 10827))
10783 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10784
10785 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10786 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10787 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10788 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10789 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10790
10791 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10792
10793 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10794 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10795 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10796 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10797 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10798
10799 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10800
10801 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10802 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10803 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10804 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10805
10806 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10807
10808 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10809 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10810 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10811
10812 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10813
10814 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10815 as the final argument.
10816
10817 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10818
10819 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10820 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10821 and run dired on those files.
10822 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10823 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10824
10825 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10826
10827 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10828
10829 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10830 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10831 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10832
10833 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10834
10835 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10836
10837 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10838
10839 ;;;***
10840 \f
10841 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10842 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10843 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
10844 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10845
10846 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10847 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10848 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10849 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10850 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10851 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10852 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10853
10854 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10855 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10856 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10857
10858 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10859
10860 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10861
10862 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10863
10864 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10865 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10866 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10867
10868 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10869 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10870
10871 Variables of interest include:
10872
10873 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10874 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10875 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10876
10877 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10878 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10879 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10880
10881 - `ff-ignore-include'
10882 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10883
10884 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10885 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10886
10887 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10888 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10889
10890 - `ff-special-constructs'
10891 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10892 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10893 extracting the filename from that construct.
10894
10895 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10896 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10897
10898 - `ff-search-directories'
10899 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10900 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10901
10902 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10903 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10904
10905 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10906 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10907
10908 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10909 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10910
10911 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10912 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10913
10914 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10915 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10916
10917 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10918
10919 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10920 Visit the file you click on.
10921
10922 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10923
10924 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10925 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10926
10927 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10928
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10932 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10933 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10934 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10935 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10936 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10937 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17851 10853))
10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10939
10940 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10941 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10942
10943 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10944
10945 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10946 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10947 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10948 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10949
10950 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10951 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10952 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10953 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10954
10955 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10956
10957 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10958 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10959
10960 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10961 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10962 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10963 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10964
10965 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10966 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10967 in `load-path'.
10968
10969 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10970
10971 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10972 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10973
10974 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10975 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10976 places point before the definition.
10977 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10978
10979 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10980 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10981 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10982
10983 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10984
10985 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10986 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10987
10988 See `find-function' for more details.
10989
10990 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10991
10992 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10993 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10994
10995 See `find-function' for more details.
10996
10997 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11000 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11001
11002 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11003 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11004 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11005
11006 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11007 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11008
11009 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11010
11011 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11012 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11013
11014 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11015 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11016 places point before the definition.
11017
11018 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11019
11020 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11021 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11022 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11023
11024 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11027 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11028
11029 See `find-variable' for more details.
11030
11031 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11032
11033 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11034 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11035
11036 See `find-variable' for more details.
11037
11038 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11039
11040 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11041 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11042 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11043 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11044 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11045 buffer nor display it.
11046
11047 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11048 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11049
11050 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11051
11052 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11053 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11054
11055 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11056 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11057 places point before the definition.
11058
11059 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11060
11061 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11062 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11063 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11064
11065 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11066
11067 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11068 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11069 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11070
11071 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11072
11073 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11074 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11075
11076 \(fn)" t nil)
11077
11078 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11079 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11080
11081 \(fn)" t nil)
11082
11083 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11084 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11085
11086 \(fn)" nil nil)
11087
11088 ;;;***
11089 \f
11090 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11091 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17851 10828))
11092 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11093
11094 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11095 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11096
11097 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11098
11099 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11100 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11101
11102 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11103
11104 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11105 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11106
11107 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11108
11109 ;;;***
11110 \f
11111 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11112 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17851 10828))
11113 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11114
11115 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11116 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11117
11118 \(fn)" t nil)
11119
11120 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11121 Display FILE's commentary section.
11122 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11123
11124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11127 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11128
11129 \(fn)" t nil)
11130
11131 ;;;***
11132 \f
11133 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11134 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17851 10828))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11136
11137 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11138 Toggle flow control handling.
11139 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11140 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11141
11142 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11143
11144 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11145 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11146 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11147 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11148 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11149 to get the effect of a C-q.
11150
11151 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11152
11153 ;;;***
11154 \f
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11158
11159 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11160 Not documented
11161
11162 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11163
11164 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11165 Not documented
11166
11167 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11168
11169 ;;;***
11170 \f
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11172 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17851 10867))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11174
11175 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11176 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11177 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11178 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11179
11180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11181
11182 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11183 Turn flymake mode on.
11184
11185 \(fn)" nil nil)
11186
11187 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11188 Turn flymake mode off.
11189
11190 \(fn)" nil nil)
11191
11192 ;;;***
11193 \f
11194 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11195 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11196 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17851 10872))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11198
11199 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11200 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11201
11202 \(fn)" t nil)
11203 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11204
11205 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11206 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11207 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11208 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11209 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11210 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11211
11212 Bindings:
11213 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11214 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11215 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11216 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11217
11218 Hooks:
11219 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11220
11221 Remark:
11222 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11223 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11224 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11225
11226 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11227 consider adding:
11228 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11229 in your .emacs file.
11230
11231 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11232 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11233
11234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11235
11236 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11237 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11238
11239 \(fn)" nil nil)
11240
11241 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11242 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11243
11244 \(fn)" nil nil)
11245
11246 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11247 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11248
11249 \(fn)" nil nil)
11250
11251 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11252 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11253
11254 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11255
11256 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11257 Flyspell whole buffer.
11258
11259 \(fn)" t nil)
11260
11261 ;;;***
11262 \f
11263 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11264 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11265 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11267
11268 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11269 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11270
11271 \(fn)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11274 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11275
11276 \(fn)" t nil)
11277
11278 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11279 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11280
11281 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11282 of two major techniques:
11283
11284 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11285 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11286 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11287
11288 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11289 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11290 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11291 movement commands.
11292
11293 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11294 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11295 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11296 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11297 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11298 mileage may vary).
11299
11300 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11301 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11302
11303 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11304
11305 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11306 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11307 \(This is the default.)
11308
11309 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11310 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11311
11312 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11313 \\{follow-mode-map}
11314
11315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11316
11317 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11318 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11319
11320 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11321 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11322 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11323 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11324 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11325 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11326
11327 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11328 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11329 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11330
11331 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11332 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11333 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11334
11335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11336
11337 ;;;***
11338 \f
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17851
11340 ;;;;;; 10861))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11342
11343 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11344 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11345 \\<message-mode-map>
11346 key binding
11347 --- -------
11348
11349 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11350 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11351 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11352 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11353 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11354 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11355
11356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11357
11358 ;;;***
11359 \f
11360 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11361 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17851 10829))
11362 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11363
11364 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11365 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11366
11367 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11368 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11369 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11370 C-c < forms-first-record <
11371 C-c > forms-last-record >
11372 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11373 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11374 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11375 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11376 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11377 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11378 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11379 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11380 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11381 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11382
11383 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11384
11385 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11386 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11387
11388 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11391 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11392
11393 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11394
11395 ;;;***
11396 \f
11397 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11398 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17851 10868))
11399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11400
11401 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11402 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11403 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11404 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11405 with a character in column 6.")
11406
11407 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11408
11409 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11410 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11411 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11412
11413 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11414 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11415
11416 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11417
11418 Key definitions:
11419 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11420
11421 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11422
11423 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11424 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11425 `fortran-do-indent'
11426 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11427 `fortran-if-indent'
11428 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11429 `fortran-structure-indent'
11430 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11431 (default 3)
11432 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11433 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11434 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11435 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11436 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11437 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11438 nil don't change the indentation
11439 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11440 value of either
11441 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11442 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11443 depending on the continuation format in use.
11444 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11445 indentation for a line of code.
11446 (default 'fixed)
11447 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11448 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11449 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11450 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11451 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11452 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11453 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11454 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11455 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11456 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11457 column 5.
11458 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11459 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11460 statements (default nil).
11461 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11462 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11463 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11464 `fortran-continuation-string'
11465 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11466 line (default \"$\").
11467 `fortran-comment-region'
11468 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11469 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11470 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11471 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11472 as typed (default t).
11473 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11474 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11475
11476 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11477 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11478
11479 \(fn)" t nil)
11480
11481 ;;;***
11482 \f
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11484 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17851 10865))
11485 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11486
11487 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11488 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11489
11490 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11491 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11492
11493 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11494
11495 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11496 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11497
11498 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11499 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11500
11501 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11502
11503 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11504 Compile fortune file.
11505
11506 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11507 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11508
11509 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11510
11511 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11512 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11513
11514 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11515 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11516 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11517 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11518
11519 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11520
11521 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11522 Display a fortune cookie.
11523
11524 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11525 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11526 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11527 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11528
11529 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11530
11531 ;;;***
11532 \f
11533 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11534 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
11535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11536
11537 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11538 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11539 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11540 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11541
11542 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11543 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11544 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11545 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11546
11547 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11548 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11549 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11550 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11551 some of the buffers.
11552
11553 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11554
11555 The following commands help control operation :
11556
11557 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11558 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11559
11560 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11561 detailed description of this mode.
11562
11563
11564 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11565 | GDB Toolbar |
11566 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11567 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11568 | | |
11569 | | |
11570 | | |
11571 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11572 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11573 | | (comint-mode) |
11574 | | |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11581 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11582 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11583 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11584 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11585 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11586
11587 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11588
11589 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11590 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11591
11592 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11593
11594 ;;;***
11595 \f
11596 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11597 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17851
11598 ;;;;;; 10853))
11599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11600
11601 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11602 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11603 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11604 instead (which see).")
11605
11606 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11607 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11608
11609 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11610 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11611 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11612 documentation string instead.
11613
11614 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11615 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11616 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11617 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11618 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11619 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11620 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11621 enders are actually possible.
11622
11623 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11624 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11625
11626 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11627 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11628 `font-lock-keywords'.
11629
11630 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11631 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11632 runs the macro expansion.
11633
11634 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11635 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11636 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11637
11638 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11639
11640 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11641
11642 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11643 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11644
11645 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11646
11647 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11648 Enter generic mode MODE.
11649
11650 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11651 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11652 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11653
11654 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11655 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11656
11657 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11658
11659 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11660 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11661 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11662 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11663 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11664 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11665 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11666 `font-lock-keywords'.
11667
11668 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11669
11670 ;;;***
11671 \f
11672 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11673 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11675
11676 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11677 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11678 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11679 at places they belong to.
11680
11681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11682
11683 ;;;***
11684 \f
11685 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11686 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17851 10856))
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11688
11689 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11690 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11691
11692 Guideline for numbers:
11693 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11694 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11695 inside loops.
11696
11697 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11698
11699 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11700 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11701 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11702
11703 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11704
11705 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11706 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11707
11708 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11709
11710 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11711 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11712
11713 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11714 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11715 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11716 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11717 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11718 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11719
11720 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11721 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11722 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11723 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11724 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11725
11726 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11727
11728 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11729
11730 ;;;***
11731 \f
11732 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11733 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17851 10857))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11735 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11736 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11737
11738 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11739 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11740
11741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11742
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11744 Read network news.
11745 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11746 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11747 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11748 name of an NNTP server to use.
11749 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11750 server.
11751
11752 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11755 Read news as a slave.
11756
11757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11760 Pop up a frame to read news.
11761 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11762 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11763 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11764 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11765 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11766 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11767 current display is used.
11768
11769 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11770
11771 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11772 Read network news.
11773 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11774 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11775 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11776
11777 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11778
11779 ;;;***
11780 \f
11781 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11782 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11783 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11784 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11785 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11786 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17851 10856))
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11788
11789 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11790 Start Gnus unplugged.
11791
11792 \(fn)" t nil)
11793
11794 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Start Gnus plugged.
11796
11797 \(fn)" t nil)
11798
11799 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11801
11802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11803
11804 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11806
11807 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11808 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11809 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11810
11811 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11812 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11813 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11814
11815 \(fn)" t nil)
11816
11817 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11818 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11819
11820 \(fn)" nil nil)
11821
11822 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11823 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11824 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11825 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11826 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11827 supported.
11828
11829 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11830
11831 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11832 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11833 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11834 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11835 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11836 supported.
11837
11838 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11839
11840 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11841 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11842
11843 \(fn)" nil nil)
11844
11845 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11846 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11847 downloaded into the agent.
11848
11849 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11850
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11852 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11853 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11854 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11855
11856 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11857
11858 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11860
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11862
11863 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11864 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11865
11866 \(fn)" t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11869 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11870 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11871
11872 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11873
11874 ;;;***
11875 \f
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11877 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11879
11880 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11881 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11882
11883 \(fn)" nil nil)
11884
11885 ;;;***
11886 \f
11887 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11888 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11890
11891 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11892 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11893
11894 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11895
11896 ;;;***
11897 \f
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11899 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11900 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17851
11901 ;;;;;; 10857))
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11903
11904 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11905 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11906
11907 Usage:
11908 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11909
11910 \(fn)" t nil)
11911
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11913 Generate the cache active file.
11914
11915 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11916
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11918 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11919
11920 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11921
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11923 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11924 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11925 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11926 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11927 supported.
11928
11929 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11930
11931 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11932 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11933 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11934 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11935 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11936 supported.
11937
11938 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11939
11940 ;;;***
11941 \f
11942 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11943 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17851 10857))
11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11945
11946 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11947 Delay this article by some time.
11948 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11949
11950 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11951 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11952
11953 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11954 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11955
11956 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11957 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11958
11959 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11960
11961 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11962 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11963
11964 \(fn)" t nil)
11965
11966 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11967 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11968 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11969 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11970
11971 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11972 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11973
11974 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11975
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11979 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17851 10857))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11981
11982 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11983 Not documented
11984
11985 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11986
11987 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11988 Not documented
11989
11990 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11991
11992 ;;;***
11993 \f
11994 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11995 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11997
11998 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11999 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12000
12001 \(fn)" nil nil)
12002
12003 ;;;***
12004 \f
12005 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12006 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12008
12009 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12010 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12011
12012 \(fn)" t nil)
12013
12014 ;;;***
12015 \f
12016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12017 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12018 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17851
12019 ;;;;;; 10857))
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12021
12022 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12023 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12024
12025 \(fn)" t nil)
12026
12027 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12028 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12029
12030 \(fn)" t nil)
12031
12032 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12033 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12034
12035 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12038 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12039
12040 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12043 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12044 The PNG is returned as a string.
12045
12046 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12047
12048 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Convert FILE to a Face.
12050 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12051 726 bytes.
12052
12053 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12054
12055 ;;;***
12056 \f
12057 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12058 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17851 10857))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12060
12061 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12062 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12063 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12064
12065 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12066
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12068 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12069
12070 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12071
12072 ;;;***
12073 \f
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12075 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12077
12078 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12079
12080 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12081 Run batched scoring.
12082 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12083
12084 \(fn)" t nil)
12085
12086 ;;;***
12087 \f
12088 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12089 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12090 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12092
12093 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12094 Not documented
12095
12096 \(fn)" nil nil)
12097
12098 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12099 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12100 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12101
12102 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12103
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12105 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12106
12107 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12108
12109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12110
12111 ;;;***
12112 \f
12113 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12114 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12115 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12117
12118 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12119 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12120 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12121 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12122 group parameters.
12123
12124 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12125 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12126 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12127 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12128
12129 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12130 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12131 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12132 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12133 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12134 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12135 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12136 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12137 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12138 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12139
12140 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12141
12142 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12143 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12144 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12145 nil CATCH-ALL).
12146
12147 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12148 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12149
12150 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12151
12152 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12153 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12154 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12155
12156 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12157
12158 \(fn)" nil nil)
12159
12160 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12161 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12162 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12163
12164 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12165
12166 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12167 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12168 existing groups are considered.
12169
12170 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12171 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12172 returned.
12173
12174 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12175 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12176 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12177 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12178 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12179 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12180 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12181 clauses will be generated.
12182
12183 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12184 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12185 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12186 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12187 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12188 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12189
12190 For example, given the following group parameters:
12191
12192 nnml:mail.bar:
12193 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12194 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12195 nnml:mail.foo:
12196 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12197 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12198 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12199 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12200 nnml:mail.others:
12201 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12202
12203 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12204
12205 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12206 \"mail.bar\")
12207 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12208 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12209 \"mail.others\")
12210
12211 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12212
12213 ;;;***
12214 \f
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12216 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12218
12219 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12220 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12221 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12222
12223 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12224
12225 ;;;***
12226 \f
12227 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12228 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17851 10857))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12230
12231 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12232 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12233 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12234 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12235
12236 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12237
12238 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12239 Mail to ADDRESS.
12240
12241 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12242
12243 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12244 Like `message-reply'.
12245
12246 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12247
12248 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12249
12250 ;;;***
12251 \f
12252 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12253 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17851 10857))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12255
12256 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12257 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12258
12259 \(fn)" t nil)
12260
12261 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12262 Load the NoCeM cache.
12263
12264 \(fn)" t nil)
12265
12266 ;;;***
12267 \f
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12269 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12270 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12272
12273 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12274 Display picons in the From header.
12275 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12276
12277 \(fn)" t nil)
12278
12279 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12280 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12281 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12282
12283 \(fn)" t nil)
12284
12285 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12288
12289 \(fn)" t nil)
12290
12291 ;;;***
12292 \f
12293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12294 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12295 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12296 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12297 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17851 10857))
12298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12299
12300 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12302 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12303 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12304
12305 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12306
12307 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12308 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12309 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12310 LIST1 is modified.
12311
12312 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12313
12314 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12316 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12317
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12319
12320 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12321 Not documented
12322
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12324
12325 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12327 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12328
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330
12331 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12333 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12334
12335 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12338
12339 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12341 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12342
12343 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12347 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12348
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12354
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12356
12357 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12358 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12359
12360 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12361
12362 ;;;***
12363 \f
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12365 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17851 10857))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12367
12368 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12369 Not documented
12370
12371 \(fn)" t nil)
12372
12373 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12374 Install the registry hooks.
12375
12376 \(fn)" t nil)
12377
12378 ;;;***
12379 \f
12380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12381 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17851
12382 ;;;;;; 10857))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12384
12385 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12386 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12387 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12388 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12389 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12390 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12391
12392 \(fn)" t nil)
12393
12394 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12395 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12396 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12397 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12398 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12399
12400 \(fn)" t nil)
12401
12402 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12403 Not documented
12404
12405 \(fn)" t nil)
12406
12407 ;;;***
12408 \f
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12410 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12412
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12414 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12415 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12416 for matching on group names.
12417
12418 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12419 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12420
12421 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12422
12423 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12424
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12430 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12432
12433 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12434 Update the format specification near point.
12435
12436 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12441 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17851
12442 ;;;;;; 10857))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12444
12445 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12446 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12447
12448 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12449
12450 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12451 Not documented
12452
12453 \(fn)" nil nil)
12454
12455 ;;;***
12456 \f
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12458 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12460
12461 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12462 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12463
12464 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12465
12466 ;;;***
12467 \f
12468 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17851 10865))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12470
12471 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12472 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12473
12474 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12475 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12476 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12477
12478 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12479 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12480 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12481
12482 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12483 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12484
12485 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12486 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12487
12488 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12489
12490 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12491
12492 ;;;***
12493 \f
12494 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12495 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17851 10863))
12496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12497
12498 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12499
12500 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12501 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12502 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12503 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12504 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12505
12506 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12507
12508 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12509 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12510 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12511 or to send e-mail.
12512 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12513 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12514
12515 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12516 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12517
12518 \(fn)" t nil)
12519 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12520
12521 ;;;***
12522 \f
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12524 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12525 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17851 10868))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12527
12528 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12529 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12530
12531 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12532
12533 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12534 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12535 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12536 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12537 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12538
12539 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12540 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12541
12542 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12543
12544 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12545 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12546 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12547 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12548
12549 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12550
12551 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12552 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12553
12554 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12555
12556 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12557 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12558
12559 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12560 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12561 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12562
12563 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12564 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12565 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12566
12567 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12568 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12569
12570 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12571 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12572
12573 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12574
12575 (defvar grep-history nil)
12576
12577 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12578
12579 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12580 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12581 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12582
12583 \(fn)" nil nil)
12584
12585 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12586 Not documented
12587
12588 \(fn)" nil nil)
12589
12590 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12591 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12592
12593 \(fn)" nil nil)
12594
12595 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12596 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12597 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12598 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12599 where grep found matches.
12600
12601 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12602 easily repeat a grep command.
12603
12604 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12605 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12606 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12607 if that history list is empty).
12608
12609 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12610
12611 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12612 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12613 Collect output in a buffer.
12614 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12615 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12616
12617 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12618 easily repeat a find command.
12619
12620 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12621
12622 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12623
12624 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12625 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12626 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12627 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12628 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12629
12630 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12631 before it is executed.
12632 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12633
12634 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12635 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12636 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12637
12638 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12639
12640 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12641
12642 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12643 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12644 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12645 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12646 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12647
12648 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12649 before it is executed.
12650 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12651
12652 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12653 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12654 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12655
12656 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12657
12658 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12659
12660 ;;;***
12661 \f
12662 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17851 10830))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12664
12665 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12666 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12667 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12668 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12669 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12670
12671 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12672
12673 ;;;***
12674 \f
12675 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12676 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17851 10868))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12678
12679 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12680 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12681 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12682 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12683 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12684 `gdba' for more information.
12685
12686 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12687 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12688 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12689 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12690 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12691 session.
12692
12693 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12694
12695 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12696 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12697 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12698 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12699
12700 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12701
12702 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12703 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12704 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12705 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12706
12707 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12708
12709 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12710 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12711 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12712 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12713
12714 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12715 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12716
12717 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12718
12719 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12720 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12721 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12722 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12723
12724 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12725
12726 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12727 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12728 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12729 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12730
12731 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12734 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12735 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12736 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12737 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12738
12739 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12740 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12741 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12742 original source file access method.
12743
12744 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12745 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12746
12747 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12748
12749 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12750 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12751 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12752 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12753
12754 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12755 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12756
12757 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12758
12759 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12760 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12761
12762 \(fn)" t nil)
12763
12764 ;;;***
12765 \f
12766 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17851
12767 ;;;;;; 10866))
12768 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12769
12770 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12771 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12772 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12773 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12774
12775 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12776 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12777 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12778 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12779
12780 \(fn)" t nil)
12781
12782 ;;;***
12783 \f
12784 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12785 ;;;;;; (17753 42784))
12786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12787
12788 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12789 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12790
12791 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12792
12793 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12794 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12795 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12796 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12797
12798 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12799
12800 \(fn)" t nil)
12801
12802 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12803 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12804 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12805 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12806 to be updated.
12807
12808 \(fn)" t nil)
12809
12810 ;;;***
12811 \f
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12813 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12814 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12815 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17851 10830))
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12817
12818 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12819 Return the help-echo string at point.
12820 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12821 property, or nil, is returned.
12822 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12823 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12824 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12825
12826 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12827
12828 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12829 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12830 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12831 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12832 this produces no string either, return nil.
12833
12834 \(fn)" nil nil)
12835
12836 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12837 Display local help in the echo area.
12838 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12839 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12840 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12841 printed instead.
12842
12843 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12844 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12845 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12846
12847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12848
12849 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12850 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12851 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12852
12853 \(fn)" t nil)
12854
12855 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12856 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12857 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12858
12859 \(fn)" t nil)
12860
12861 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12862 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12863 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12864 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12865 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12866 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12867 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12868 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12869 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12870 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12871 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12872
12873 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12874 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12875 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12876 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12877 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12878
12879 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12880 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12881 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12882 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12883 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12884 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12885 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12886 The default is `never'.")
12887
12888 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12889
12890 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12891 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12892 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12893 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12894 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12895 considered different regions.
12896
12897 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12898 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12899 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12900 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12901 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12902 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12903 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12904 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12905 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12906
12907 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12908
12909 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12910 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12911 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12912 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12913 different regions.
12914
12915 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12916 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12917 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12918 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12919 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12920 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12921 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12922 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12923
12924 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12925 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12926 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12927 rarely happens in practice.
12928
12929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12930
12931 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12932 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12933 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12934 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12935 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12936 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12937
12938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12939
12940 ;;;***
12941 \f
12942 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12943 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12944 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12945 ;;;;;; (17851 10830))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12947
12948 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12949 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12950
12951 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12952
12953 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12954 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12955 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12956
12957 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12958
12959 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12960 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12961
12962 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12963
12964 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12965 Not documented
12966
12967 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12968
12969 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12970 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12971 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12972 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12973
12974 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12975
12976 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12977 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12978 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12979 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12980 it is displayed along with the global value.
12981
12982 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12983
12984 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12985 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12986 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12987 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12988
12989 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12990
12991 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12992 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12993 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12994 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12995 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12996
12997 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12998
12999 ;;;***
13000 \f
13001 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13002 ;;;;;; (17851 10830))
13003 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13004
13005 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13006 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13007 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13008 and window listing and describing the options.
13009 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13010 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13011
13012 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13013
13014 ;;;***
13015 \f
13016 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13017 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13018 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17851 10833))
13019 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13020
13021 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13022 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13023 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13024 Commands:
13025 \\{help-mode-map}
13026
13027 \(fn)" t nil)
13028
13029 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13030 Not documented
13031
13032 \(fn)" nil nil)
13033
13034 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13035 Not documented
13036
13037 \(fn)" nil nil)
13038
13039 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13040 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13041
13042 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13043 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13044 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13045 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13046
13047 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13048 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13049 restore it properly when going back.
13050
13051 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13052
13053 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13054 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13055
13056 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13057 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13058 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13059 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13060 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13061 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13062 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13063 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13064
13065 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13066 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13067 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13068 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13069
13070 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13071 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13072 that.
13073
13074 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13077 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13078 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13079 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13080 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13081 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13082
13083 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13084
13085 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13086 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13087 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13088 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13089 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13090
13091 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13092
13093 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13094 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13095
13096 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13097
13098 ;;;***
13099 \f
13100 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13101 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17851 10853))
13102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13103
13104 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13105 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13106
13107 \(fn)" t nil)
13108
13109 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13110 Provide help for current mode.
13111
13112 \(fn)" t nil)
13113
13114 ;;;***
13115 \f
13116 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13117 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17851 10833))
13118 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13119
13120 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13121 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13122 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13123 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13124 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13125
13126 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13127 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13128
13129 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13130 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13131 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13132 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13133
13134 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13135 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13136 periods.
13137
13138 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13139 in hexl format.
13140
13141 A sample format:
13142
13143 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13144 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13145 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13146 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13147 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13148 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13149 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13150 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13151 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13152 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13153 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13154 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13155 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13156 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13157 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13158
13159 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13160 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13161 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13162
13163 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13164 also supported.
13165
13166 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13167
13168 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13169 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13170 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13171
13172 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13173 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13174 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13175
13176 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13177 into the buffer at the current point.
13178
13179 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13180 into the buffer at the current point.
13181
13182 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13183 into the buffer at the current point.
13184
13185 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13186
13187 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13188 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13189
13190 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13191
13192 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13193
13194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13197 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13198 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13199 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13200
13201 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13202
13203 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13204 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13205 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13206
13207 \(fn)" t nil)
13208
13209 ;;;***
13210 \f
13211 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13212 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13213 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13214 ;;;;;; (17851 10833))
13215 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13216
13217 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13218 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13219
13220 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13221 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13222 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13223 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13224 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13225 called interactively, are:
13226
13227 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13228 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13229
13230 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13231 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13232 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13233 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13234
13235 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13236 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13237
13238 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13239 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13240
13241 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13242 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13243 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13244 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13245 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13246 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13247
13248 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13249 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13250
13251 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13252 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13253 Hi-lock: FOO
13254 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13255 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13256 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13257 Patterns will be read until
13258 Hi-lock: end
13259 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13260
13261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13262
13263 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13264 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13265 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13267 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13268 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13269
13270 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13271
13272 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13273 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13274 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13275 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13276 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13277
13278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13279
13280 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13281
13282 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13283 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13284
13285 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13286 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13287 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13288 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13289
13290 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13291
13292 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13293
13294 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13295 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13296
13297 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13298 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13299 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13300 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13301
13302 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13303
13304 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13305
13306 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13307 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13308
13309 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13310 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13311
13312 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13313
13314 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13315
13316 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13317 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13318
13319 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13320 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13321 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13322 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13323 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13324
13325 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13326
13327 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13328 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13329
13330 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13331 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13332 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13333
13334 \(fn)" t nil)
13335
13336 ;;;***
13337 \f
13338 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13339 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17851 10868))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13341
13342 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13343 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13344 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13345 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13346 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13347 how the hiding is done:
13348
13349 `hide-ifdef-env'
13350 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13351 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13352 is used.
13353
13354 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13355 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13356 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13357 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13358 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13359
13360 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13361 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13362 #endif lines when hiding.
13363
13364 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13365 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13366 is activated.
13367
13368 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13369 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13370 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13371
13372 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13373
13374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13375
13376 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13377 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13378
13379 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13380
13381 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13382 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13383
13384 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13385
13386 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13387 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13388
13389 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13390
13391 ;;;***
13392 \f
13393 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13394 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13396
13397 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13398 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13399 Each element has the form
13400 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13401
13402 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13403 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13404
13405 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13406 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13407
13408 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13409 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13410 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13411 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13412 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13413 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13414
13415 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13416 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13417
13418 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13419 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13420
13421 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13422 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13423 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13424
13425 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13426 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13427 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13428 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13429 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13430 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13431
13432 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13433 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13434 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13435
13436 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13437 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13438
13439 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13440
13441 Key bindings:
13442 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13443
13444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13445
13446 ;;;***
13447 \f
13448 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13449 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13450 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13451 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13452 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17851 10833))
13453 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13454
13455 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13456 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13457 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13458
13459 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13460
13461 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13462 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13463
13464 Without an argument:
13465 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13466 or passive state as determined by the variable
13467 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13468 and passive state.
13469
13470 With an argument ARG:
13471 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13472 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13473 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13474
13475 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13476 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13477 not displayed in a different face.
13478
13479 Functions:
13480 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13481 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13482 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13483 buffer with the contents of a file
13484 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13485 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13486 various faces
13487
13488 Hook variables:
13489 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13490 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13491 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13492
13493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13494
13495 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13496 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13497
13498 \(fn)" t nil)
13499
13500 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13501 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13502
13503 \(fn)" t nil)
13504
13505 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13506 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13507
13508 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13509 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13510 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13511 shown in the last face in the list.
13512
13513 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13514 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13515 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13516
13517 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13518
13519 \(fn)" t nil)
13520
13521 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13522 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13523
13524 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13525
13526 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13527 to save the file.
13528
13529 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13530 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13531
13532 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13533 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13534 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13535
13536 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13537
13538 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13539 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13540
13541 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13542 this function is called interactively.
13543
13544 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13545 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13546 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13547
13548 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13549 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13550 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13551
13552 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13553
13554 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13555 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13556
13557 When called interactively:
13558 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13559 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13560 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13561 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13562
13563 When called from a program:
13564 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13565 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13566 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13567 - otherwise just turn it on
13568
13569 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13570 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13571 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13572 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13573
13574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13575
13576 ;;;***
13577 \f
13578 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13579 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13580 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13581 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13582 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17851 10833))
13583 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13584
13585 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13586 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13587 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13588 or insert functions in this list.")
13589
13590 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13591
13592 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13593 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13594
13595 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13596
13597 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13598 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13599
13600 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13601
13602 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13603 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13604
13605 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13606
13607 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13608 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13609
13610 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13611
13612 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13613 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13614 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13615
13616 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13617
13618 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13619 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13620 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13621 \(as atoms)")
13622
13623 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13624
13625 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13626 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13627 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13628 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13629 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13630
13631 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13632
13633 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13634 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13635 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13636 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13637 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13638 expansions.
13639 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13640 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13641 undoes the expansion.
13642
13643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13644
13645 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13646 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13647 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13648 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13649
13650 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13651
13652 ;;;***
13653 \f
13654 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13655 ;;;;;; (17851 10833))
13656 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13657
13658 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13659 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13660 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13661
13662 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13663 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13664 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13665 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13666 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13667
13668 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13669 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13670 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13671 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13672
13673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13674
13675 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13676 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13677 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13680 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13681
13682 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13683
13684 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13685 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13686 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13687
13688 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13689 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13690
13691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13692
13693 ;;;***
13694 \f
13695 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13696 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13698
13699 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13700 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13701 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13702
13703 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13704
13705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13706
13707 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13708 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13709
13710 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13711 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13712 different list. For example,
13713
13714 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13715 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13716
13717 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13718 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13719
13720 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13721 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13722 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13723 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13724 of a holiday list.
13725
13726 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13727
13728 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13729
13730 ;;;***
13731 \f
13732 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17851
13733 ;;;;;; 10857))
13734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13735
13736 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13737 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13738
13739 \(fn)" t nil)
13740
13741 ;;;***
13742 \f
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13744 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13745 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13746 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13747 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13748 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13757 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13758 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13759 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13760 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13761 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13762 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13763 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13764 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13765 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17851 10833))
13766 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13767
13768 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13769 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13770 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13771
13772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13773
13774 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13775 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13776
13777 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13778
13779 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13780 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13781
13782 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13783
13784 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13785 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13786
13787 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13788
13789 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13790 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13791
13792 \(fn)" t nil)
13793
13794 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13795 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13796
13797 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13801
13802 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13803 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13804 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13805 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13806 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13807 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13808 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13809 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13810 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13811 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13812 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13813 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13814
13815 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13816 Not documented
13817
13818 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13819
13820 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13821 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13822
13823 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13824
13825 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13826 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13827
13828 \(fn)" t nil)
13829
13830 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13831 Remove the first filter group.
13832
13833 \(fn)" t nil)
13834
13835 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13836 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13837
13838 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13839
13840 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13841 Remove all filter groups.
13842
13843 \(fn)" t nil)
13844
13845 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13846 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13847
13848 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13849
13850 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13851 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13852 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13853
13854 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13855
13856 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13857 Kill the filter group at point.
13858 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13859
13860 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13861
13862 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13863 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13864
13865 \(fn)" t nil)
13866
13867 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13868 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13869
13870 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13874 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13875 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13876
13877 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13878
13879 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13881 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13882
13883 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13884
13885 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13886 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13887 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13888 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13889 of replacing the current filters.
13890
13891 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13892
13893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13894 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13895
13896 \(fn)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13900
13901 \(fn)" t nil)
13902
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13905
13906 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13907 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13908 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13909
13910 \(fn)" t nil)
13911
13912 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13913 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13914
13915 \(fn)" t nil)
13916
13917 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13918 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13919
13920 \(fn)" t nil)
13921
13922 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13923 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13924 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13925 filter into parts.
13926
13927 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13928
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13931 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13932
13933 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13934
13935 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13936 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13937
13938 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13939
13940 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13941 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13942
13943 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13944
13945 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13946 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13947 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13948 of replacing the current filters.
13949
13950 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13959
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13962 Default sorting modes are:
13963 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13964 Name - the name of the buffer
13965 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13966 Size - the size of the buffer
13967
13968 \(fn)" t nil)
13969
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13972
13973 \(fn)" t nil)
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13978
13979 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13981
13982 \(fn)" t nil)
13983
13984 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13986 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13987 for this Ibuffer session.
13988
13989 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13990
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13993 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13994 for this Ibuffer session.
13995
13996 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13997
13998 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14000
14001 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14002 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14003
14004 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14005 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14006
14007 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14008
14009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14011
14012 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14013 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14014
14015 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14016
14017 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14019
14020 \(fn)" t nil)
14021
14022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14024
14025 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14026 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14027 hidden group filter, open it.
14028
14029 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14030 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14031 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14032
14033 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14034
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14037 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14038
14039 \(fn)" t nil)
14040
14041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14043
14044 The names are separated by a space.
14045 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14046
14047 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14048 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14049 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14050 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14051
14052 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14053
14054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14055
14056 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14058
14059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14063
14064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14068
14069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14070
14071 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14073
14074 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14075
14076 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14077 Mark all modified buffers.
14078
14079 \(fn)" t nil)
14080
14081 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14083
14084 \(fn)" t nil)
14085
14086 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14088
14089 \(fn)" t nil)
14090
14091 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14092 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14093
14094 \(fn)" t nil)
14095
14096 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14097 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14098
14099 \(fn)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14102 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14103
14104 \(fn)" t nil)
14105
14106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14108
14109 \(fn)" t nil)
14110
14111 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Mark all read-only buffers.
14113
14114 \(fn)" t nil)
14115
14116 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14118
14119 \(fn)" t nil)
14120
14121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14123 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14124 defaults to one.
14125
14126 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14127
14128 ;;;***
14129 \f
14130 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14131 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17851
14132 ;;;;;; 10834))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14134
14135 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14136 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14137
14138 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14139 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14140 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14141
14142 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14143 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14144 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14145 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14146 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14147 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14148
14149 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14150 title of the column.
14151
14152 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14153 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14154 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14155 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14156 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14157
14158 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14159
14160 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14161 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14162 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14163 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14164 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14165
14166 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14167 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14168 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14169
14170 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14171
14172 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14173 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14174 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14175 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14176 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14177 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14178
14179 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14180 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14181 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14182 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14183 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14184 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14185 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14186 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14187 values are:
14188 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14189 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14190 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14191 buffer's modification flag.
14192 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14193 prompted before performing this operation.
14194 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14195 operation is complete, in the form:
14196 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14197 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14198 confirmation message, in the form:
14199 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14200 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14201 macro for exactly what it does.
14202
14203 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14204
14205 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14206 Define a filter named NAME.
14207 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14208 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14209 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14210
14211 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14212 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14213 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14214 bound to the current value of the filter.
14215
14216 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14217
14218 ;;;***
14219 \f
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14221 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17851 10834))
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14223
14224 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14225 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14226 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14227 buffers which are visiting a file.
14228
14229 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14230
14231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14232 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14233 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14234 buffers which are visiting a file.
14235
14236 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14237
14238 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14239 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14240 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14241
14242 All arguments are optional.
14243 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14244 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14245 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14246 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14247 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14248 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14249 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14250 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14251 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14252 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14253 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14254 that value locally in this buffer.
14255
14256 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14257
14258 ;;;***
14259 \f
14260 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14261 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14262 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17851 10852))
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14264
14265 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14266 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14267 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14268 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14269
14270 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14271
14272 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14273 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14274 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14275 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14276 ICAL-FILENAME.
14277 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14278 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14279 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14280
14281 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14282
14283 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14284 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14285 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14286 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14287 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14288 non-marking or not.
14289
14290 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14291
14292 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14293 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14294
14295 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14296 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14297 DIARY-FILE.
14298
14299 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14300 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14301 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14302
14303 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14304 non-marking.
14305
14306 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14307 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14308 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14309
14310 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14311
14312 ;;;***
14313 \f
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17851
14315 ;;;;;; 10834))
14316 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14317
14318 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14319 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14320 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14323 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14324
14325 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14326
14327 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14328 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14329 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14330
14331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14332
14333 ;;;***
14334 \f
14335 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17851 10868))
14336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14337
14338 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14339 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14340 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14341 Tab indents for Icon code.
14342 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14343 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14344 \\{icon-mode-map}
14345 Variables controlling indentation style:
14346 icon-tab-always-indent
14347 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14348 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14349 icon-auto-newline
14350 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14351 inserted in Icon code.
14352 icon-indent-level
14353 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14354 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14355 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14356 icon-continued-statement-offset
14357 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14358 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14359 icon-continued-brace-offset
14360 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14361 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14362 icon-brace-offset
14363 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14364 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14365 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14366 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14367
14368 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14369 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14370
14371 \(fn)" t nil)
14372
14373 ;;;***
14374 \f
14375 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14376 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
14377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14378
14379 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14380 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14381 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14382 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14383
14384 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14385 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14386 separate frames.
14387
14388 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14389 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14390
14391 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14392 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14393 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14394
14395 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14396
14397 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14398
14399 ;;;***
14400 \f
14401 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14402 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14404
14405 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14406 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14407
14408 The main features of this mode are
14409
14410 1. Indentation and Formatting
14411 --------------------------
14412 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14413 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14414
14415 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14416 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14417 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14418 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14419
14420 Comments are indented as follows:
14421
14422 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14423 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14424 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14425
14426 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14427
14428 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14429 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14430 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14431 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14432 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14433 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14434
14435 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14436 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14437 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14438 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14439
14440 2. Routine Info
14441 ------------
14442 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14443 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14444 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14445 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14446 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14447 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14448 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14449 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14450 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14451 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14452
14453 3. Online IDL Help
14454 ---------------
14455
14456 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14457 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14458 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14459 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14460
14461 4. Completion
14462 ----------
14463 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14464 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14465 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14466 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14467 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14468 upper case.
14469
14470 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14471 --------------------------------
14472 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14473 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14474
14475 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14476 \\fu FUNCTION template
14477 \\c CASE statement template
14478 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14479 \\f FOR loop template
14480 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14481 \\w WHILE loop template
14482 \\i IF statement template
14483 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14484 \\b BEGIN
14485
14486 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14487 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14488
14489 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14490 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14491 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14492 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14493
14494 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14495 -------------------------
14496 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14497 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14498
14499 7. Automatic END completion
14500 ------------------------
14501 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14502 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14503
14504 8. Hooks
14505 -----
14506 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14507 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14508
14509 9. Documentation and Customization
14510 -------------------------------
14511 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14512 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14513 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14514 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14515 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14516
14517 10.Keybindings
14518 -----------
14519 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14520 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14521 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14522
14523 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14524
14525 \(fn)" t nil)
14526 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14527
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14531 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14532 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14533 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14534 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14535 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14536 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14537 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17851
14538 ;;;;;; 10834))
14539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14540
14541 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14542 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14543 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14544 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14545 displaying...)
14546 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14547 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14548 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14549
14550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14551 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14552
14553 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14554
14555 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14556 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14557 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14558 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14559 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14560 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14561 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14562 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14563 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14564
14565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14566
14567 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14568 Switch to another buffer.
14569 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14570 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14571 in another frame.
14572
14573 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14574 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14575 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14576 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14577 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14578
14579 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14580 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14581
14582 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14583 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14584
14585 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14586 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14587 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14588 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14589 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14590 in a separate window.
14591 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14592 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14593 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14594 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14595 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14596 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14597 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14598 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14599 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14600
14601 \(fn)" t nil)
14602
14603 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14604 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14605 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14606 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14607
14608 \(fn)" t nil)
14609
14610 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14611 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14612 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14613 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14614
14615 \(fn)" t nil)
14616
14617 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14618 Kill a buffer.
14619 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14620 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14621
14622 \(fn)" t nil)
14623
14624 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14625 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14626 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14627 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14628
14629 \(fn)" t nil)
14630
14631 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14632 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14633 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14634 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14635
14636 \(fn)" t nil)
14637
14638 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14639 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14640
14641 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14642
14643 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14644 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14645 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14646 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14647 visible in another frame.
14648
14649 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14650 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14651 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14652 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14653 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14654 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14655
14656 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14657 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14658
14659 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14660 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14661
14662 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14663 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14664 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14665 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14666 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14667 in a separate window.
14668 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14669 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14670 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14671 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14672 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14673 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14674 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14675 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14676 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14677 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14678 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14681 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14683
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14685
14686 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14687 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14690
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14694 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14695 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14697
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14701 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14704
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14706
14707 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14708 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14711
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14713
14714 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14715 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14718
14719 \(fn)" t nil)
14720
14721 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14722 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14725
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14727
14728 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14729 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14732
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14734
14735 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14736 Write current buffer to a file.
14737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14739
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14741
14742 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14743 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14744 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14746
14747 \(fn)" t nil)
14748
14749 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14750 Call `dired' the ido way.
14751 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14752 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14753
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14755
14756 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14757 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14758 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14759 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14760 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14761 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14762
14763 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14764
14765 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14766 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14767 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14768 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14769
14770 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14771
14772 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14773 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14774 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14775 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14776
14777 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14778
14779 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14780 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14781 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14782 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14783 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14784 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14785 with `completing-read'.
14786 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14787 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14788 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14789 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14790 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14791 with point positioned at the end.
14792 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14793 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14794
14795 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14796
14797 ;;;***
14798 \f
14799 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17851 10834))
14800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14801 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14802
14803 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14804 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14805 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14806
14807 \(fn)" t nil)
14808
14809 ;;;***
14810 \f
14811 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14812 ;;;;;; (17851 10834))
14813 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14814
14815 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14816 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14817
14818 \(fn)" t nil)
14819
14820 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14821 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14822
14823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14824
14825 ;;;***
14826 \f
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14828 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14829 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14830 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14831 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17851 10835))
14832 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14833
14834 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14835 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14836 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14837 be determined.
14838
14839 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14840
14841 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14842 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14843 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14844 be determined.
14845
14846 \(fn)" nil nil)
14847
14848 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14849 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14850 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14851 be determined.
14852
14853 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14854
14855 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14856 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14857 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14858 be determined.
14859
14860 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14861
14862 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14863 Determine and return image type.
14864 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14865 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14866 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14867 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14868 use its file extension as image type.
14869 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14870
14871 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14872
14873 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14874 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14875 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14876
14877 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14878
14879 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14880 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14881 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
14882 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
14883
14884 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14885
14886 \(fn)" nil nil)
14887
14888 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14889 Create an image.
14890 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14891 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14892 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14893 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14894 use its file extension as image type.
14895 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14896 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14897 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14898 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14899
14900 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14901
14902 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14903
14904 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14905 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14906 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14907 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14908 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14909 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14910 POS may be an integer or marker.
14911 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14912 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14913 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14914 means display it in the right marginal area.
14915
14916 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14917
14918 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14919 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14920 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14921 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14922 defaulted if you omit it.
14923 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14924 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14925 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14926 means display it in the right marginal area.
14927 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14928 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14929 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14930 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14931 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14932
14933 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14934
14935 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14936 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14937 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14938 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14939 defaulted if you omit it.
14940 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14941 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14942 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14943 means display it in the right marginal area.
14944 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14945
14946 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14947
14948 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14949 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14950 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14951 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14952
14953 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14954
14955 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14956 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14957
14958 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14959
14960 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14961 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14962 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14963 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14964 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14965 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14966 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14967 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14968 satisfied.
14969
14970 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14971
14972 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14973
14974 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14975
14976 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14977 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14978
14979 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14980 documentation string.
14981
14982 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14983 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14984 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14985 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14986 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14987 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14988 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14989 define SYMBOL.
14990
14991 Example:
14992
14993 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14994 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14995
14996 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14997
14998 ;;;***
14999 \f
15000 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15001 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15002 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17851 10834))
15003 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15004
15005 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15006 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15007 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15008 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15009
15010 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15011 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15012 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15013 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15014
15015 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15016
15017 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15018 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15019 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15020 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15021
15022 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15023 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15024 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15025 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15026
15027 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15028
15029 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15030 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15031
15032 \(fn)" nil nil)
15033
15034 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15035 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15036 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15037 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15038
15039 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15040
15041 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15042 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15043 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15045 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15046 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15047
15048 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15049
15050 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15051 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15052 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15053 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15054
15055 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15056 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15057 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15058
15059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15060
15061 ;;;***
15062 \f
15063 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15064 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17851 10835))
15065 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15066 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15067 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15068 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15069 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15070 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15071 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15072
15073 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15074 Major mode for image files.
15075 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15076 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15077
15078 \(fn)" t nil)
15079
15080 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15081 Toggle Image minor mode.
15082 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15083 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15084
15085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15086
15087 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15088 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15089 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15090 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15091 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15092 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15093
15094 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15095 information on these modes.
15096
15097 \(fn)" t nil)
15098
15099 ;;;***
15100 \f
15101 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15102 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17851 10835))
15103 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15104
15105 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15106 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15107
15108 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15109
15110 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15111 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15112 in the buffer.
15113
15114 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15115
15116 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15117 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15118 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15119
15120 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15121
15122 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15123 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15124
15125 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15126 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15127 pattern's structure.
15128
15129 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15130 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15131 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15132 during matching.")
15133
15134 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15135
15136 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15137 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15138
15139 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15140 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15141 called within a `save-excursion'.
15142
15143 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15144
15145 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15146
15147 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15148 Function for finding the next index position.
15149
15150 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15151 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15152 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15153 file.
15154
15155 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15156 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15157
15158 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15159
15160 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15161 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15162
15163 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15164 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15165 It should return the name for that index item.")
15166
15167 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15168
15169 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15170 Function to compare string with index item.
15171
15172 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15173 non-nil if they match.
15174
15175 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15176 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15177 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15178 arguments match\".")
15179
15180 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15181
15182 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15183 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15184 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15185
15186 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15187
15188 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15189
15190 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15191
15192 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15193 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15194 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15195 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15196
15197 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15198
15199 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15200 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15201
15202 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15203
15204 \(fn)" t nil)
15205
15206 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15207 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15208 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15209 for more information.
15210
15211 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15212
15213 ;;;***
15214 \f
15215 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15216 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15217 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17851 10861))
15218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15219
15220 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15221 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15222
15223 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15224
15225 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15226 Not documented
15227
15228 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15229
15230 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15231 Not documented
15232
15233 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15234
15235 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15236 Not documented
15237
15238 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15239
15240 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15241 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15242 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15243 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15244 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15245
15246 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15247
15248 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15249 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15250 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15251 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15252 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15253
15254 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15255
15256 ;;;***
15257 \f
15258 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15259 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15260 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17851 10868))
15261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15262
15263 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15264 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15265 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15266 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15267 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15268
15269 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15270
15271 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15272 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15273
15274 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15275
15276 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15277 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15278 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15279 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15280 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15281 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15282 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15283 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15284
15285 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15286
15287 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15288 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15289 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15290 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15291 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15292
15293 This variable is only used if the variable
15294 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15295
15296 More precise choices:
15297 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15298 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15299 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15300
15301 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15302
15303 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15304
15305 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15306 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15307
15308 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15309 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15310 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15311 to that buffer.
15312 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15313 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15314 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15315 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15316
15317 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15318 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15319
15320 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15321
15322 ;;;***
15323 \f
15324 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15325 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15326 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15327 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17851 10835))
15328 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15329
15330 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15331 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15332
15333 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15334 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15335 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15336
15337 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15338 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15339 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15340 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15341 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15342 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15343 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15344 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15345 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15346 with the top-level Info directory.
15347
15348 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15349 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15350 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15351 appended to the Info buffer name.
15352
15353 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15354 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15355 in all the directories in that path.
15356
15357 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15358
15359 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15360 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15361
15362 \(fn)" t nil)
15363
15364 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15365 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15366 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15367 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15368
15369 \(fn)" nil nil)
15370
15371 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15372 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15373 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15374 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15375
15376 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15377
15378 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15379 Go to the Info directory node.
15380
15381 \(fn)" t nil)
15382
15383 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15384 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15385 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15386 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15387 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15388 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15389
15390 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15391
15392 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15393 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15394 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15395
15396 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15397
15398 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15399 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15400 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15401 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15402 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15403
15404 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15405 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15406
15407 Selecting other nodes:
15408 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15409 Follow a node reference you click on.
15410 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15411 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15412 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15413 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15414 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15415 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15416 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15417 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15418 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15419 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15420 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15421 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15422 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15423 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15424 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15425 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15426 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15427 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15428 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15429 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15430
15431 Moving within a node:
15432 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15433 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15434 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15435 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15436 move up to the parent node.
15437 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15438 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15439 if there is none.
15440 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15441
15442 Advanced commands:
15443 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15444 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15445 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15446 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15447 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15448 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15449 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15450 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15451 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15452 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15453 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15454 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15455 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15456 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15457 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15458 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15459
15460 \(fn)" nil nil)
15461 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15462
15463 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15464 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15465 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15466 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15467 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15468 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15469
15470 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15471 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15472
15473 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15474 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15475 KEY is a string.
15476 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15477 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15478 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15479 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15480
15481 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15482
15483 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15484 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15485 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15486
15487 \(fn)" t nil)
15488
15489 ;;;***
15490 \f
15491 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15492 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15493 ;;;;;; (17851 10835))
15494 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15495
15496 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15497 Throw away all cached data.
15498 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15499 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15500 system.
15501
15502 \(fn)" t nil)
15503 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15504
15505 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15506 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15507 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15508 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15509 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15510 one found at point.
15511
15512 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15513
15514 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15515 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15516
15517 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15518 Display the documentation of a file.
15519 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15520 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15521 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15522 The default file name is the one found at point.
15523
15524 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15525
15526 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15527
15528 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15529 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15530
15531 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15534 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15535
15536 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15537
15538 ;;;***
15539 \f
15540 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15541 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17851 10835))
15542 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15543
15544 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15545 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15546
15547 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15548
15549 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15550 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15551 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15552
15553 \(fn)" t nil)
15554
15555 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15556 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15557 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15558
15559 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15560 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15561 quite a while.
15562
15563 \(fn)" t nil)
15564
15565 ;;;***
15566 \f
15567 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15568 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17851 10835))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15570
15571 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15572 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15573
15574 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15575
15576 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15577 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15578 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15579
15580 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15581 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15582 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15583
15584 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15585 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15586 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15587 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15588
15589 \(fn)" t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15592 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15593 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15594
15595 \(fn)" t nil)
15596
15597 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15598 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15599 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15600 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15601 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15602
15603 \(fn)" nil nil)
15604
15605 ;;;***
15606 \f
15607 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15608 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15609 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15610 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15611
15612 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15613 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15614
15615 \(fn)" t nil)
15616
15617 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15618 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15619
15620 \(fn)" t nil)
15621
15622 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15623 Not documented
15624
15625 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15626
15627 ;;;***
15628 \f
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17851
15630 ;;;;;; 10835))
15631 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15632
15633 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15634 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15635 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15636 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15637 accessed via isearchb.
15638
15639 \(fn)" t nil)
15640
15641 ;;;***
15642 \f
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15644 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15645 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15646 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17851 10860))
15647 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15648
15649 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15650 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15651 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15652 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15653
15654 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15655
15656 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15657 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15658 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15659 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15660
15661 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15662
15663 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15664 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15665 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15666 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15667
15668 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15669
15670 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15671 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15672 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15673 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15674
15675 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15676
15677 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15678 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15679 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15680 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15681
15682 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15683
15684 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15685 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15686 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15687 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15688
15689 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15690
15691 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15692 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15693 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15694 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15695
15696 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15699 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15700 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15701 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15702
15703 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15704
15705 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15706 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15707 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15708 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15709
15710 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15711
15712 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15713 Warn that format is read-only.
15714
15715 \(fn)" t nil)
15716
15717 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15718 Warn that format is write-only.
15719
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15723 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15724
15725 \(fn)" t nil)
15726
15727 ;;;***
15728 \f
15729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15730 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15732 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15733 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15734 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15735
15736 ;;;***
15737 \f
15738 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15739 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15740 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15741 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15742 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15743 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15745 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15746
15747 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15748 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15749 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15750 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15751
15752 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15753 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15754
15755 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15756 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15757 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15758
15759 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15760 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15761 re-start Emacs.")
15762
15763 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15764
15765 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15766
15767 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15768
15769 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15770
15771 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15772
15773 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15774
15775 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15776
15777 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15778 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15779
15780 Each element of this list is also a list:
15781
15782 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15783 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15784
15785 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15786 nil means the default dictionary.
15787
15788 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15789 word.
15790
15791 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15792
15793 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15794 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15795 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15796 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15797 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15798 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15799 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15800 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15801 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15802
15803 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15804 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15805 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15806 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15807 for non-ASCII bytes.
15808
15809 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15810 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15811 single word.
15812
15813 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15814 subprocess.
15815
15816 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15817 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15818 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15819 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15820 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15821 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15822 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15823 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15824
15825 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15826
15827 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15828 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15829 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15830
15831 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15832 Key map for ispell menu.")
15833
15834 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15835 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15836 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15837 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15838
15839 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15840
15841 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15842
15843 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15844
15845 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15846
15847 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15848 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15849 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15850 Valid forms include:
15851 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15852 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15853 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15854 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15855
15856 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15857 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15858 First list is used raw.
15859 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15860
15861 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15862 for skipping in latex mode.")
15863
15864 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15865 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15866 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15867 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15868 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15869 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15870
15871 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15872 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15873 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15874 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15875
15876 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15877 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15878 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15879 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15880 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15881
15882 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15883 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15884
15885 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15886 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15887
15888 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15889 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15890
15891 return values:
15892 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15893 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15894 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15895 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15896 quit spell session exited.
15897
15898 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15899
15900 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15901 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15902 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15903
15904 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15905
15906 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15907 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15908
15909 Selections are:
15910
15911 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15912 SPC: Accept word this time.
15913 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15914 `a': Accept word for this session.
15915 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15916 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15917 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15918 `?': Show these commands.
15919 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15920 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15921 the aborted check to be completed later.
15922 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15923 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15924 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15925 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15926 `C-l': redraws screen
15927 `C-r': recursive edit
15928 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
15929
15930 \(fn)" nil nil)
15931
15932 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15933 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15934 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15935
15936 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15937
15938 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15939 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15940 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15941 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15942
15943 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15944
15945 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15946
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15948 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15949 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15950 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15951
15952 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15955 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15956
15957 \(fn)" t nil)
15958
15959 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15960 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15961
15962 \(fn)" t nil)
15963
15964 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15965 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15966
15967 \(fn)" t nil)
15968
15969 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15970 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15971 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15972 sequence inside of a word.
15973
15974 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15975
15976 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15979 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15980
15981 \(fn)" t nil)
15982
15983 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15984 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15985 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15986 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15987
15988 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15989 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15990 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15991 available on the net.
15992
15993 \(fn)" t nil)
15994
15995 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15996 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15997 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15998
15999 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16000 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16001
16002 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16003 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16004
16005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16006
16007 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16008 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16009 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16010 Don't check included messages.
16011
16012 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16013 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16014 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16015
16016 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16017 in your .emacs file:
16018 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16019 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16020 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16021 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16022
16023 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16024 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16025 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16026
16027 \(fn)" t nil)
16028
16029 ;;;***
16030 \f
16031 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17822
16032 ;;;;;; 38984))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16034
16035 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16036 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16037 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16040 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16041
16042 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16043
16044 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16045 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16046 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16047 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16048 `iswitchb' for details.
16049
16050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16051
16052 ;;;***
16053 \f
16054 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16055 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16056 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16057 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17851 10861))
16058 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16059
16060 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16061 Not documented
16062
16063 \(fn)" nil nil)
16064
16065 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16066 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16067 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16068 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16069 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16070 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16071 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16072 necessary to represent OBJ.
16073
16074 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16075
16076 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16077 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16078 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16079 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16080
16081 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16082
16083 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16084 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16085 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16086 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16087 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16088
16089 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16090
16091 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16092 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16093 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16094 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16095
16096 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16097
16098 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16099 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16100 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16101 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16102
16103 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16106 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16107
16108 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16109
16110 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16111 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16112 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16113 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16114 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16115
16116 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16117
16118 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16119 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16120 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16121 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16122 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16123
16124 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16125
16126 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16127 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16128 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16129
16130 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16131
16132 ;;;***
16133 \f
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16135 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17851 10836))
16136 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16137
16138 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16139 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16140 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16141 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16142
16143 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16144 Not documented
16145
16146 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16147
16148 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16149 Uninstall jka-compr.
16150 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16151 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16152 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16153
16154 \(fn)" nil nil)
16155
16156 ;;;***
16157 \f
16158 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16159 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16160 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
16161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16162
16163 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16164 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16165 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16166 decimal key must be specified.")
16167
16168 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16169
16170 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16171 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16172 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16173 decimal key must be specified.")
16174
16175 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16176
16177 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16178 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16179 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16180 decimal key must be specified.")
16181
16182 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16183
16184 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16185 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16186 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16187 decimal key must be specified.")
16188
16189 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16190
16191 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16192 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16193 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16194 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16195 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16196 keys are bound.
16197
16198 Setup Binding
16199 -------------------------------------------------------------
16200 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16201 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16202 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16203 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16204 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16205 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16206 in the global and local keymaps.
16207
16208 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16209 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16210
16211 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16212
16213 ;;;***
16214 \f
16215 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16216 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
16217 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16218
16219 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16220 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16221 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16222
16223 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16224 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16225 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16226 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16227 shorter.
16228
16229 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16230 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16231 the context of text formatting.
16232
16233 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16234
16235 ;;;***
16236 \f
16237 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17851
16238 ;;;;;; 10860))
16239 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16240
16241 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16242 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16243 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16244 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16245 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16246 positions that contains the current selection.")
16247
16248 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16249 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16250 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16251 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16252 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16253 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16254 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16255
16256 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16257
16258 ;;;***
16259 \f
16260 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16261 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16262 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16263 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17851 10836))
16264 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16265 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16266 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16267 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16268 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16269 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16270 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16271 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16272
16273 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16274 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16275 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16276 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16277 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16278
16279 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16280
16281 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16282 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16283 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16284
16285 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16286 defining the macro.
16287
16288 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16289 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16290 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16291
16292 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16293 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16294
16295 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16296
16297 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16298 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16299 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16300 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16301 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16302 under that name.
16303
16304 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16305 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16306 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16307
16308 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16309
16310 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16311 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16312 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16313
16314 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16315 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16316 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16317 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16318
16319 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16320 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16321
16322 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16323
16324 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16325 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16326 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16327
16328 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16329 macro.
16330
16331 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16332 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16333
16334 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16335 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16336 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16337
16338 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16339 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16340
16341 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16342
16343 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16344 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16345 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16346 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16347
16348 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16349
16350 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16351 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16352 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16353 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16354
16355 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16356 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16357
16358 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16361 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16362 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16363
16364 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16365
16366 ;;;***
16367 \f
16368 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16369 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16370 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16372
16373 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16374
16375 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16376 Not documented
16377
16378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16379
16380 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16381 Not documented
16382
16383 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16384
16385 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16386 Not documented
16387
16388 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16389
16390 ;;;***
16391 \f
16392 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16393 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17851 10861))
16394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16395
16396 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16397 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16398 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16399
16400 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16401 Not documented
16402
16403 \(fn)" nil nil)
16404
16405 ;;;***
16406 \f
16407 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16408 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
16409 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16410
16411 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16412
16413 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16414 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16415
16416 \(fn)" t nil)
16417
16418 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16419
16420 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16421 Start or resume an Lm game.
16422 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16423 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16424
16425 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16426 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16427 none / 1 | yes | no
16428 2 | yes | yes
16429 3 | no | yes
16430 4 | no | no
16431
16432 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16433 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16434 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16435
16436 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16437
16438 ;;;***
16439 \f
16440 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16441 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16442 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17851
16443 ;;;;;; 10861))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16445
16446 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16447 Not documented
16448
16449 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16450
16451 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16452 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16453 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16454 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16455 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16456 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16457
16458 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16459 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16460
16461 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16462
16463 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16464 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16465
16466 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16467
16468 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16469 Not documented
16470
16471 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16472
16473 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16474 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16475 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16476 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16477 to compose.
16478
16479 The return value is number of composed characters.
16480
16481 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16482
16483 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16484 Not documented
16485
16486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16487
16488 ;;;***
16489 \f
16490 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16491 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16492 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17851 10860))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16494
16495 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16496 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16497 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16498 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16499
16500 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16501
16502 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16503 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16504 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16505
16506 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16507
16508 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16509 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16510 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16511
16512 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16513
16514 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16515 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16516 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16517 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16518
16519 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16520
16521 ;;;***
16522 \f
16523 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16524 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17851 10860))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16526
16527 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16528 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16529 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16530 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16531 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16532 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16533 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16534 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16535
16536 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16537 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16538
16539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16540 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16541
16542 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16543
16544 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16545 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16546 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16547 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16548 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16549 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16550 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16551 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16552
16553 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16554
16555 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16556 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16557 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16558 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16559
16560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16561 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16562
16563 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16564
16565 ;;;***
16566 \f
16567 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16568 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
16569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16570
16571 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16572
16573 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16574
16575 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16576 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16577
16578 \(fn)" t nil)
16579
16580 ;;;***
16581 \f
16582 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16583 ;;;;;; (17851 10837))
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16585
16586 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16587 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16588
16589 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16590 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16591
16592 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16593 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16594
16595 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16596 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16597 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16598 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16599 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16600 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16601 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16602 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16603 and transmit saved text.
16604
16605 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16606 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16607 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16608
16609 \(fn)" t nil)
16610
16611 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16612 Not documented
16613
16614 \(fn)" nil nil)
16615
16616 ;;;***
16617 \f
16618 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17851 10866))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16620
16621 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16622 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16623 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16624 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16625 generations (this defaults to 1).
16626
16627 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16628
16629 ;;;***
16630 \f
16631 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17851
16632 ;;;;;; 10837))
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16634
16635 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16636 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16637 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16638 is nil, raise an error.
16639
16640 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16641 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16642 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16643 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16644 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16645 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16646 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16647 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16648 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16649
16650 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16651
16652 ;;;***
16653 \f
16654 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16655 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17851 10838))
16656 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16657
16658 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16659 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16660 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16661
16662 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16663
16664 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16665 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16666 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16667 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16668
16669 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16670 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16671 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16672 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16673 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16674 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16675 the version.)
16676
16677 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16678 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16679
16680 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16681 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16682
16683 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16684
16685 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16686 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16687 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16688 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16689 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16690 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16691 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16692 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16693 to constrain a big search.
16694
16695 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16696 except that FILTER is not optional.
16697
16698 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16699
16700 ;;;***
16701 \f
16702 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17851 10838))
16703 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16704
16705 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16706 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16707 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16708 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16709 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16710 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16711 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16712 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16713 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16714 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16715 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16716 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16717 uses the current buffer.
16718
16719 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16720
16721 ;;;***
16722 \f
16723 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17851
16724 ;;;;;; 10838))
16725 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16726
16727 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16728 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16729
16730 \(fn)" t nil)
16731
16732 ;;;***
16733 \f
16734 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17851
16735 ;;;;;; 10838))
16736 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16737
16738 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16739 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16740 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16741 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16742 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16743
16744 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16745 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16746 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16747
16748 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16749 are indicated with a symbol.
16750
16751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16752
16753 ;;;***
16754 \f
16755 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16756 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17851
16757 ;;;;;; 10838))
16758 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16759
16760 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16761
16762 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16763
16764 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16765 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16766 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16767
16768 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16769 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16770
16771 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16772 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16773 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16774 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16775 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16776 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16777 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16778
16779 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16780
16781 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16782 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16783 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16784 switch on this list.
16785 See `lpr-command'.")
16786
16787 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16788
16789 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16790 *Name of program for printing a file.
16791
16792 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16793 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16794 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16795 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16796 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16797 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16798 argument.")
16799
16800 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16801
16802 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16803 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16804 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16805 for customization of the printer command.
16806
16807 \(fn)" t nil)
16808
16809 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16810 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16811
16812 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16813 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16814 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16815 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16816
16817 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16818 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16819
16820 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16821 for further customization of the printer command.
16822
16823 \(fn)" t nil)
16824
16825 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16826 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16827 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16828 for customization of the printer command.
16829
16830 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16831
16832 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16833 Paginate and print the region contents.
16834
16835 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16836 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16837 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16838 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16839
16840 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16841 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16842
16843 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16844 for further customization of the printer command.
16845
16846 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16847
16848 ;;;***
16849 \f
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16851 ;;;;;; (17851 10838))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16853
16854 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16855 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16856 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16857
16858 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16859
16860 ;;;***
16861 \f
16862 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17851
16863 ;;;;;; 10852))
16864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16865
16866 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16867 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16868 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16869
16870 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16871
16872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16873
16874 ;;;***
16875 \f
16876 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17851
16877 ;;;;;; 10868))
16878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16879
16880 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16881 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16882 \\{m4-mode-map}
16883
16884 \(fn)" t nil)
16885
16886 ;;;***
16887 \f
16888 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16889 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
16890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16891
16892 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16893 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16894 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16895 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16896 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16897
16898 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16899
16900 ;;;***
16901 \f
16902 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16903 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17851 10838))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16905
16906 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16907 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16908 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16909 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16910 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16911
16912 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16913
16914 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16915 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16916 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16917 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16918
16919 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16920 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16921 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16922 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16923 bindings.
16924
16925 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16926 use this command, and then save the file.
16927
16928 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16929
16930 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16931 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16932 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16933 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16934 each time the macro executes.
16935 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16936 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16937 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16938 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16939 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16940 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16941 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16942
16943 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16944
16945 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16946 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16947 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16948 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16949
16950 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16951 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16952 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16953 execute.
16954
16955 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16956 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16957
16958 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16959 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16960 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16961 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16962 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16963
16964 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16965 looked like this:
16966
16967 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16968 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16969 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16970
16971 You could enter the names in this format:
16972
16973 foo
16974 bar
16975 baz
16976
16977 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16978
16979 \\C-x (
16980 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16981 \\C-x )
16982
16983 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16984 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16985
16986 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16987 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16988
16989 ;;;***
16990 \f
16991 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16992 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17851 10861))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16994
16995 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16996 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16997 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16998 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16999 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17000 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17001
17002 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17003 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17004 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17005 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17006 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17007
17008 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17009 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17010 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17011 consing a string.)
17012
17013 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17014
17015 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17016 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17017
17018 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17019
17020 ;;;***
17021 \f
17022 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17023 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17024 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17026
17027 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17028 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17029
17030 \(fn)" nil nil)
17031
17032 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17033 Not documented
17034
17035 \(fn)" nil nil)
17036
17037 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17038 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17039
17040 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17041
17042 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17043 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17044 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17045 message.
17046
17047 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17048
17049 \(fn)" nil nil)
17050
17051 ;;;***
17052 \f
17053 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17054 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17055 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17851
17056 ;;;;;; 10862))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17058
17059 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17060 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17061 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17062 often correct parser.")
17063
17064 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17065
17066 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17067 Not documented
17068
17069 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17070
17071 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17072 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17073 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17074 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17075
17076 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17077
17078 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17079 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17080 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17081 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17082
17083 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17084
17085 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17086 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17087 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17088 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17089 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17090 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17091 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17092 as Rmail does.
17093
17094 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17095
17096 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17097 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17098 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17099 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17100 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17101 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17102
17103 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17104
17105 ;;;***
17106 \f
17107 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17108 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17851 10862))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17110
17111 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17112 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17113
17114 \(fn)" nil nil)
17115
17116 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17117 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17118 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17119
17120 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17121
17122 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17123 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17124 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17125
17126 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17127
17128 ;;;***
17129 \f
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17131 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17851
17132 ;;;;;; 10862))
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17134
17135 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17136 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17137 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17138 king@grassland.com
17139 If `parens', they look like:
17140 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17141 If `angles', they look like:
17142 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17143
17144 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17145
17146 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17147 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17148 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17149 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17150 their `Resent-' variants.
17151
17152 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17153 removed from alias expansions.
17154
17155 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17156
17157 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17158 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17159 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17160
17161 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17162 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17163 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17164 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17165
17166 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17167
17168 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17169 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17170 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17171 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17172
17173 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17174
17175 ;;;***
17176 \f
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17178 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17180
17181 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17182 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17183 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17184 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17185
17186 \(fn)" nil nil)
17187
17188 ;;;***
17189 \f
17190 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17191 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17192 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17851 10868))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17194
17195 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17196 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17197
17198 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17199 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17200 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17201 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17202 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17203 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17204
17205 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17206 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17207 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17208 dependency, despite the colon.
17209
17210 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17211
17212 In the browser, use the following keys:
17213
17214 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17215
17216 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17217
17218 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17219 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17220
17221 `makefile-target-colon':
17222 The string that gets appended to all target names
17223 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17224 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17225
17226 `makefile-macro-assign':
17227 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17228 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17229 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17230 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17231 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17232 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17233
17234 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17235 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17236 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17237
17238 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17239 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17240
17241 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17242 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17243 up or down in the browser.
17244
17245 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17246 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17247
17248 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17249 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17250
17251 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17252 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17253 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17254 has been selected in the browser.
17255
17256 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17257 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17258 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17259 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17260 filenames are omitted.
17261
17262 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17263 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17264 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17265 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17266 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17267 the backslash itself intact.
17268 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17269 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17270
17271 `makefile-browser-hook':
17272 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17273 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17274
17275 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17276 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17277 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17278 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17279
17280 \(fn)" t nil)
17281
17282 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17283 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17284
17285 \(fn)" t nil)
17286
17287 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17288 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17289
17290 \(fn)" t nil)
17291
17292 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17293 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17294
17295 \(fn)" t nil)
17296
17297 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17298 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17299
17300 \(fn)" t nil)
17301
17302 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17303 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17304
17305 \(fn)" t nil)
17306
17307 ;;;***
17308 \f
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17851
17310 ;;;;;; 10838))
17311 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17312
17313 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17314 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17315 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17316
17317 \(fn)" t nil)
17318
17319 ;;;***
17320 \f
17321 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17851 10838))
17322 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17323
17324 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17325
17326 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17327 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17328 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17329 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17330 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17331 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17332 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17333
17334 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17335 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17336 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17337 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17338
17339 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17340
17341 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17342 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17343
17344 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17345
17346 ;;;***
17347 \f
17348 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17851 10838))
17349 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17350
17351 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17352 Toggle Master mode.
17353 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17354 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17355 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17356
17357 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17358 following commands:
17359
17360 \\{master-mode-map}
17361
17362 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17363 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17364 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17365
17366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17367
17368 ;;;***
17369 \f
17370 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17851
17371 ;;;;;; 10838))
17372 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17373
17374 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17375
17376 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17377 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17378 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17381 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17382
17383 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17384
17385 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17386 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17387 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17388 created in the future.
17389 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17390 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17391
17392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17393
17394 ;;;***
17395 \f
17396 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17397 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17398 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17399 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17400 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17401 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17402 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17403 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17404 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17405 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17406 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17851 10858))
17407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17408
17409 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17410 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17411
17412 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17413 king@grassland.com
17414 If `parens', they look like:
17415 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17416 If `angles', they look like:
17417 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17418
17419 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17420 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17421
17422 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17423
17424 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17425 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17426
17427 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17428
17429 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17430 *Local news organization file.")
17431
17432 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17433
17434 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17435 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17436 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17437 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17438
17439 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17440 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17441 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17442
17443 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17444
17445 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17446
17447 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17448 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17449
17450 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17451 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17452 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17453 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17454
17455 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17456
17457 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17458 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17459 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17460 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17461
17462 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17463
17464 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17465 *Function for citing an original message.
17466 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17467 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17468 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17469
17470 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17471
17472 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17473 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17474 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17475 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17476 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17477
17478 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17479
17480 (defvar message-signature t "\
17481 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17482 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17483 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17484 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17485
17486 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17487
17488 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17489 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17490 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17491 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17492
17493 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17494
17495 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17496 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17497
17498 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17499
17500 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17501
17502 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17503 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17504 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17505 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17506 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17507 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17508 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17509 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17510 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17511 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17512 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17513 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17514 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17515 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17516 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17517 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17518 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17519 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17520 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17521 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17522 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17523 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17524 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17525 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17526 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17527 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17528 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17529 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17530 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17531 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17532 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17533 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17534 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17535 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17536 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17537 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17538 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17539
17540 \(fn)" t nil)
17541
17542 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17543 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17544 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17545
17546 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17547
17548 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17549 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17550
17551 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17552
17553 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17554 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17555
17556 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17557
17558 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17559 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17560
17561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17562
17563 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17564 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17565 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17566
17567 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17568
17569 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17570 Cancel an article you posted.
17571 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17572
17573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17574
17575 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17576 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17577 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17578 header line with the old Message-ID.
17579
17580 \(fn)" t nil)
17581
17582 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17583 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17584
17585 \(fn)" t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17588 Forward the current message via mail.
17589 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17590 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17591
17592 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17593
17594 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17595 Not documented
17596
17597 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17598
17599 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17600 Not documented
17601
17602 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17603
17604 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17605 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17606
17607 \(fn)" t nil)
17608
17609 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17610 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17611
17612 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17615 Re-mail the current message.
17616 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17617 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17618 you.
17619
17620 \(fn)" t nil)
17621
17622 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17623 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17624
17625 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17626
17627 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17628 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17629
17630 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17633 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17634
17635 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17636
17637 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17638 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17639
17640 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17641
17642 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17643 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17644 Works by overstriking characters.
17645 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17646 which specify the range to operate on.
17647
17648 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17649
17650 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17651 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17652 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17653 which specify the range to operate on.
17654
17655 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17656
17657 ;;;***
17658 \f
17659 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17660 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17662
17663 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17664 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17665 Special commands:
17666 \\{meta-mode-map}
17667
17668 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17669 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17670
17671 \(fn)" t nil)
17672
17673 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17674 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17675 Special commands:
17676 \\{meta-mode-map}
17677
17678 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17679 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17680
17681 \(fn)" t nil)
17682
17683 ;;;***
17684 \f
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17686 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17687 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17689
17690 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17691 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17692 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17693
17694 \(fn)" t nil)
17695
17696 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17697 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17698 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17699 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17700 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17701 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17702 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17703
17704 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17705
17706 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17707 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17708 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17709 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17710 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17711 means current).
17712 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17713 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17714
17715 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17716
17717 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17718 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17719 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17720 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17721 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17722 means current).
17723 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17724 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17725
17726 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17727
17728 ;;;***
17729 \f
17730 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17731 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17732 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17851 10863))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17734
17735 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17736 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17737 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17738
17739 \(fn)" t nil)
17740
17741 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17742 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17743 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17744
17745 \(fn)" t nil)
17746
17747 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17748 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17749
17750 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17751 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17752 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17753
17754 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17755 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17756
17757 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17758 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17759
17760 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17761
17762 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17763
17764 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17765 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17766 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17767 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17768 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17769 as `compose-mail'.
17770
17771 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17772 initial Subject field, respectively.
17773
17774 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17775 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17776 are strings.
17777
17778 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17779 ignored.
17780
17781 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17782
17783 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17784 Save draft and send message.
17785
17786 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17787 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17788 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17789 Mail Delivery*\".
17790
17791 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17792 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17793 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17794
17795 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17796 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17797 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17798 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17799 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17800 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17801
17802 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17803 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17804
17805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17806
17807 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17808 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17809
17810 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17811 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17812 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17813 delete the draft message.
17814
17815 \(fn)" t nil)
17816
17817 ;;;***
17818 \f
17819 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17851 10863))
17820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17821
17822 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17823
17824 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17825
17826 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17827
17828 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17829 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17830
17831 \(fn)" t nil)
17832
17833 ;;;***
17834 \f
17835 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17836 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17851 10863))
17837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17838
17839 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17840 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17841 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17842
17843 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17844 the MH mail system.
17845
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17849 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17850 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17851
17852 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17853 the MH mail system.
17854
17855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17856
17857 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17858 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17859
17860 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17861 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17862 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17863 separate command.
17864
17865 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17866 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17867 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17868 format.
17869
17870 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17871
17872 Ranges
17873 ======
17874 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17875 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17876 can be used in several ways.
17877
17878 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17879 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17880 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17881 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17882 page):
17883
17884 <num1>-<num2>
17885 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17886 The range must be nonempty.
17887
17888 <num>:N
17889 <num>:+N
17890 <num>:-N
17891 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17892 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17893 last.
17894
17895 first:N
17896 prev:N
17897 next:N
17898 last:N
17899 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17900
17901 all
17902 All of the messages.
17903
17904 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17905 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17906
17907 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17908 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17909 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17910
17911 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17912
17913 \(fn)" t nil)
17914
17915 ;;;***
17916 \f
17917 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17918 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17851 10838))
17919 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17920
17921 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17922 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17923 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17924 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17925 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17926 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17927 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17928 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17929 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17930 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17931 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17932
17933 \(fn)" t nil)
17934
17935 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17936 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17937 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17938 to its second argument TM.
17939
17940 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17941
17942 ;;;***
17943 \f
17944 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17945 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17851 10838))
17946 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17947
17948 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17949 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17950 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17953 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17954
17955 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17956
17957 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17958 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17959 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17960 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17961 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17962 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17963 default indication.
17964
17965 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17966 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17967
17968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17969
17970 ;;;***
17971 \f
17972 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17973 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17975
17976 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17977 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17978 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17979
17980 \(fn)" t nil)
17981
17982 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17983
17984 ;;;***
17985 \f
17986 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17987 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17988 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
17989 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17990
17991 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17992 Not documented
17993
17994 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17997 Not documented
17998
17999 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18000
18001 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18002 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18003 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18004 PATTERN regexp.
18005
18006 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18007
18008 ;;;***
18009 \f
18010 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18011 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17851 10858))
18012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18013
18014 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18015 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18016
18017 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18018
18019 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18020 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18021 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18022 the entire message.
18023 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18024
18025 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18026
18027 ;;;***
18028 \f
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18030 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18032
18033 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18034 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18035 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18036 the entire message.
18037 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18038
18039 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18040
18041 ;;;***
18042 \f
18043 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18044 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17851 10858))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18046
18047 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18048 Insert file contents of URL.
18049 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18050
18051 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18052
18053 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18054 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18055
18056 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18057
18058 ;;;***
18059 \f
18060 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18061 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17851 10858))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18063
18064 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18065 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18066 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18067 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18068 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18069
18070 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18071
18072 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18073 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18074 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18075
18076 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18077
18078 ;;;***
18079 \f
18080 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18081 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18083
18084 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18085 Not documented
18086
18087 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18088
18089 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18090 Not documented
18091
18092 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18093
18094 ;;;***
18095 \f
18096 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18097 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18098 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17851 10858))
18099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18100
18101 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18102 Not documented
18103
18104 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18105
18106 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18107 Not documented
18108
18109 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18110
18111 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18112 Not documented
18113
18114 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18115
18116 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18117 Not documented
18118
18119 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18120
18121 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18122 Not documented
18123
18124 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18125
18126 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18127 Not documented
18128
18129 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18130
18131 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18132 Not documented
18133
18134 \(fn)" nil nil)
18135
18136 ;;;***
18137 \f
18138 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18139 ;;;;;; (17289 39206))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18141
18142 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18143 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18144 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18145 followed by the first character of the construct.
18146 \\<m2-mode-map>
18147 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18148 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18149 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18150 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18151 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18152 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18153 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18154 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18155 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18156 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18157 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18158 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18159 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18160 \\[m2-link] link
18161
18162 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18163 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18164 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18165
18166 \(fn)" t nil)
18167
18168 ;;;***
18169 \f
18170 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18171 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18173
18174 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18175 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18176
18177 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18178
18179 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18180 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18181
18182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18183
18184 ;;;***
18185 \f
18186 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17851
18187 ;;;;;; 10838))
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18189
18190 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18191 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18192 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18195 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18196
18197 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18198
18199 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18200 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18201 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18202 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18203
18204 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18205
18206 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18207
18208 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18209
18210 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18211 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18212 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18213 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18214 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18215 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18216
18217 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18218 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18219 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18220 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18221 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18222
18223 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18224 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18225
18226 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18227 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18228
18229 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18230
18231 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18232 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18233 primary selection and region.
18234
18235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18236
18237 ;;;***
18238 \f
18239 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17851 10866))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18241
18242 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18243 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18244
18245 \(fn)" t nil)
18246
18247 ;;;***
18248 \f
18249 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17851 10838))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18251
18252 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18253 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18254 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18257 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18258
18259 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18260
18261 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18262 Toggle Msb mode.
18263 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18264 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18265 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18266
18267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18268
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18272 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18273 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18274 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18275 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18276 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18278
18279 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18280 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18281 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18282 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18283 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18284 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18285 set of ISO charsets.
18286
18287 Each element has the following format:
18288 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18289
18290 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18291
18292 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18293 CHARSET are mapped.
18294
18295 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18296 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18297 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18298 character code in CHARSET.
18299
18300 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18301 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18302 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18303 or
18304 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18305 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18306 TO2, or...
18307 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18308 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18309
18310 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18311 Display a list of all character sets.
18312
18313 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18314 internal Emacs use.
18315
18316 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18317 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18318 hexadecimal digits.
18319 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18320 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18321
18322 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18323 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18324 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18325 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18326
18327 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18328 but still shows the full information.
18329
18330 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18331
18332 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18333 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18334 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18335 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18336 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18337
18338 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18339 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18340 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18341 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18342 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18343
18344 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18345
18346 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18347 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18348 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18349 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18350 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18351
18352 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18353
18354 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18355 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18356
18357 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18358
18359 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18360 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18361
18362 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18363
18364 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18365 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18366
18367 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18368 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18369 in place of `..':
18370 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18371 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18372 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18373 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18374 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18375 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18376 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18377 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18378 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18379 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18380 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18381 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18382 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18383 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18384 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18385 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18386
18387 \(fn)" t nil)
18388
18389 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18390 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18391
18392 \(fn)" t nil)
18393
18394 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18395 Display a list of all coding systems.
18396 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18397
18398 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18399 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18400
18401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18402
18403 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18404 Display a list of all coding categories.
18405
18406 \(fn)" nil nil)
18407
18408 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18409 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18410 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18411
18412 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18413
18414 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18415 Display information about FONTSET.
18416 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18417
18418 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18419
18420 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18421 Display a list of all fontsets.
18422 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18423 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18424 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18425
18426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18427
18428 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18429 Display information about all input methods.
18430
18431 \(fn)" t nil)
18432
18433 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18434 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18435
18436 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18437 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18438 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18439 system which uses fontsets).
18440
18441 \(fn)" t nil)
18442
18443 ;;;***
18444 \f
18445 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18446 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18447 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18448 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18449 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18450 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17851 10860))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18452
18453 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18454 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18455 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18456
18457 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18458
18459 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18460
18461 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18462 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18463
18464 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18465 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18466
18467 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18468 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18469
18470 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18471
18472 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18473 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18474 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18475 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18476 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18477 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18478 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18479
18480 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18481 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18482 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18483 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18484 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18485 middle of a character in STR.
18486
18487 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18488 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18489
18490 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18491 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18492 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18493 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18494 defaults to \"...\".
18495
18496 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18497
18498 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18499 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18500
18501 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18502 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18503 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18504
18505 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18506 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18507 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18508
18509 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18510 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18511 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18512 is considered.
18513 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18514 longer than KEYSEQ.
18515 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18516
18517 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18518
18519 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18520 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18521 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18522 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18523 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18524 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18525 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18526 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18527 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18528 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18529 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18530
18531 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18532
18533 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18534 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18535
18536 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18537
18538 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18539 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18540
18541 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18542
18543 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18544 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18545
18546 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18547
18548 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18549 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18550
18551 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18552
18553 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18554 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18555 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18556 coding systems ordered by priority.
18557
18558 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18559
18560 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18561 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18562 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18563 language environment LANG-ENV.
18564
18565 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18566
18567 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18568 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18569 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18570 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18571 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18572 basis, this may not be accurate.
18573
18574 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18575
18576 ;;;***
18577 \f
18578 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18579 ;;;;;; (17851 10838))
18580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18581
18582 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18583 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18584 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18587 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18588
18589 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18590
18591 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18592 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18593 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18594 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18595
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18597
18598 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18599 Enable mouse wheel support.
18600
18601 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18602
18603 ;;;***
18604 \f
18605 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18606 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18607 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18608 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17851 10863))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18610
18611 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18612 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18613
18614 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18615
18616 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18617 Ping HOST.
18618 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18619 `ping-program-options'.
18620
18621 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18622
18623 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18624 Run ipconfig program.
18625
18626 \(fn)" t nil)
18627
18628 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18629
18630 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18631 Run netstat program.
18632
18633 \(fn)" t nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18636 Run the arp program.
18637
18638 \(fn)" t nil)
18639
18640 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18641 Run the route program.
18642
18643 \(fn)" t nil)
18644
18645 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18646 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18647
18648 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18651 Run nslookup program.
18652
18653 \(fn)" t nil)
18654
18655 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18656 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18657
18658 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18659
18660 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18661 Run dig program.
18662
18663 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18664
18665 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18666 Run ftp program.
18667
18668 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18671 Finger USER on HOST.
18672
18673 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18676 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18677 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18678 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18679
18680 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18681
18682 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18683 Not documented
18684
18685 \(fn)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18688 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18689
18690 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18693 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18694
18695 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18696
18697 ;;;***
18698 \f
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18700 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18701 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18702 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18703 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18704 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17851 10839))
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18706
18707 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18708
18709 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18710
18711 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18712
18713 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18714
18715 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18716 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18717 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18718 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18719 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18720 Major modes should set this variable.")
18721
18722 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18723 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18724 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18725 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18726 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18727 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18728
18729 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18730 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18731
18732 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18733 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18734 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18735
18736 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18737 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18738 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18739 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18740 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18741
18742 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18743 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18744 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18745
18746 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18747 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18748 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18749 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18750
18751 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18752 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18753 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18754 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18755 column indentation or nil.
18756 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18757
18758 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18759 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18760 The function has no args.
18761
18762 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18763 comments always start in column zero.")
18764
18765 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18766 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18767 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18768
18769 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18770
18771 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18772 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18773 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18774 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18775
18776 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18777 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18778
18779 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18780
18781 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18782 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18783 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18784 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18785 customize this variable.
18786
18787 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18788 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18789
18790 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18791
18792 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18793 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18794 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18795 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18796 the variables are properly set.
18797
18798 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18799
18800 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18801 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18802
18803 \(fn)" nil nil)
18804
18805 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18806 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18807 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18808
18809 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18810
18811 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18812 Set the comment column based on point.
18813 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18814 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18815 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18816 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18817
18818 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18819
18820 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18821 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18822 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18823
18824 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18825
18826 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18827 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18828 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18829 comment markers.
18830
18831 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18832
18833 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18834 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18835 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18836 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18837 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18838 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18839 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18840 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18841
18842 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18843 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18844
18845 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18846
18847 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18848 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18849 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18850 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18851
18852 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18853
18854 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18855 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18856 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18857 is passed on to the respective function.
18858
18859 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18860
18861 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18862 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18863 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18864 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18865 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18866 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18867 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18868 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18869 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18870
18871 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18872
18873 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18874 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18875 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18876
18877 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18878
18879 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18880 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18881 This indents the body of the continued comment
18882 under the previous comment line.
18883
18884 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18885 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18886 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18887
18888 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18889 or comment indentation.
18890
18891 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18892 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18893
18894 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18895
18896 ;;;***
18897 \f
18898 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18899 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18900 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17851 10863))
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18902
18903 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18904 Check whether newsticker is running.
18905 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18906 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18907
18908 \(fn)" nil nil)
18909
18910 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18911 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18912 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18913 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18914 empty.
18915
18916 \(fn)" nil nil)
18917
18918 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18919 Start the newsticker.
18920 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18921 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18922 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18923 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18924
18925 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18926
18927 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18928 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18929 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18930 running already.
18931
18932 \(fn)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18935 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18936
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18938
18939 ;;;***
18940 \f
18941 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18942 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18944
18945 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18946 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18947
18948 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18949
18950 ;;;***
18951 \f
18952 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17851
18953 ;;;;;; 10859))
18954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18955
18956 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18957 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18958 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18959 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18960 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18961 symbol in the alist.
18962
18963 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18964
18965 ;;;***
18966 \f
18967 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18968 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
18969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18970
18971 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18972 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18973 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18974
18975 \(fn)" t nil)
18976
18977 ;;;***
18978 \f
18979 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18980 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
18981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18982
18983 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18984 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18985 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18986
18987 \(fn)" t nil)
18988
18989 ;;;***
18990 \f
18991 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18992 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
18993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18994
18995 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18996 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18997
18998 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18999
19000 ;;;***
19001 \f
19002 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19003 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17851 10859))
19004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19005
19006 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19007 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19008
19009 \(fn)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19012 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19013
19014 \(fn)" t nil)
19015
19016 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19017 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19018
19019 \(fn)" t nil)
19020
19021 ;;;***
19022 \f
19023 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19024 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17851 10839))
19025 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19026
19027 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19028 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19029 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19030
19031 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19032
19033 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19034 Not documented
19035
19036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19037
19038 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19039 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19040 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19041 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19042 to future sessions.
19043
19044 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19045
19046 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19047 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19048 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19049 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19050 to future sessions.
19051
19052 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19053
19054 ;;;***
19055 \f
19056 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19057 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
19058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19059
19060 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19061 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19062 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19063 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19064 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19065 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19066
19067 \(fn)" t nil)
19068
19069 ;;;***
19070 \f
19071 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19072 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19074
19075 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19076 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19077 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19078 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19079 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19080
19081 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19082
19083 ;;;***
19084 \f
19085 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19086 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19088
19089 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19090 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19091 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19092
19093 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19094
19095 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19096 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19097
19098 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19099 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19100 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19101
19102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19103
19104 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19105
19106 ;;;***
19107 \f
19108 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19109 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19111
19112 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19113 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19114
19115 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19116 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19117 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19118 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19119
19120 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19121 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19122 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19123 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19124 is why you need this mode!).
19125
19126 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19127 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19128 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19129
19130 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19131
19132 Keybindings
19133 ===========
19134
19135 \\{octave-mode-map}
19136
19137 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19138 ==============================================
19139
19140 octave-auto-indent
19141 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19142 Default is nil.
19143
19144 octave-auto-newline
19145 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19146 Default is nil.
19147
19148 octave-blink-matching-block
19149 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19150 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19151
19152 octave-block-offset
19153 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19154 Default is 2.
19155
19156 octave-continuation-offset
19157 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19158 Default is 4.
19159
19160 octave-continuation-string
19161 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19162 Default is a backslash.
19163
19164 octave-mode-startup-message
19165 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19166 Default is t.
19167
19168 octave-send-echo-input
19169 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19170 command to the inferior Octave process.
19171
19172 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19173 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19174 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19175
19176 octave-send-echo-input
19177 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19178
19179 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19180
19181 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19182 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19183
19184 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19185 (setq auto-mode-alist
19186 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19187
19188 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19189 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19190
19191 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19192 (lambda ()
19193 (abbrev-mode 1)
19194 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19195 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19196 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19197
19198 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19199 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19200 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19201 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19202
19203 \(fn)" t nil)
19204
19205 ;;;***
19206 \f
19207 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19208 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19209 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19210 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19211 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19212 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19213 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19215
19216 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19217 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19218 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19219
19220 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19221 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19222 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19223 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19224 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19225 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19226 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19227 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19228 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19229 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19230
19231 The following commands are available:
19232
19233 \\{org-mode-map}
19234
19235 \(fn)" t nil)
19236
19237 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19238 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19239
19240 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19241 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19242 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19243 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19244 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19245
19246 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19247 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19248 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19249 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19250 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19251 and zoom in further.
19252 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19253
19254 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19255 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19256 is negative, go up that many levels.
19257
19258 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19259 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19260 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19261
19262 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19263 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19264
19265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19268 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19269
19270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19271
19272 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19273 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19274 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19275 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19276 g
19277 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19278 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19279 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19280 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19281 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19282 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19283 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19284 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19285
19286 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19287 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19288 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19289
19290 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19291 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19292 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19293
19294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19295
19296 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19297 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19298 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19299 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19300 before running the agenda command.
19301
19302 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19303
19304 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19305 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19306 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19307 will be able to go to other weeks.
19308 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19309 also be shown, under the current date.
19310 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19311 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19312 to turn on logging.
19313 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19314 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19315 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19316
19317 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19318
19319 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19320 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19321 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19322 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19323 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19324 `org-todo-keywords'.
19325
19326 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19327
19328 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19329 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19330 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19331 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19332
19333 \(fn)" t nil)
19334
19335 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19336 Return diary information from org-files.
19337 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19338 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19339 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19340 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19341
19342 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19343 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19344 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19345
19346 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19347 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19348 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19349 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19350
19351 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19352 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19353 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19354
19355 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19356 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19357 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19358 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19359
19360 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19361
19362 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19363
19364 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19365 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19366
19367 &%%(org-diary)
19368
19369 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19370 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19371 also be written as
19372
19373 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19374
19375 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19376 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19377 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19378
19379 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19380
19381 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19382 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19383 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19384
19385 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19386
19387 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19388 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19389 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19390 \\[org-insert-link].
19391 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19392 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19393 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19394
19395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19396
19397 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19398 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19399 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19400 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19401 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19402
19403 \(fn)" nil nil)
19404
19405 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19406 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19407 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19408 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19409
19410 \(fn)" nil nil)
19411
19412 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19413 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19414 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19415 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19416 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19417 file the text at a specific location.
19418 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19419 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19420 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19421
19422 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19423 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19424 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19425 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19426 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19427 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19428 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19429 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19430
19431 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19432 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19433 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19434 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19435
19436 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19437 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19438 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19439
19440 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19441 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19442 \(i.e. after the stars).
19443
19444 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19445
19446 \(fn)" nil nil)
19447
19448 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19449 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19450
19451 \(fn)" nil nil)
19452
19453 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19454 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19455
19456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19457
19458 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19459 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19460 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19461 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19462
19463 \(fn)" t nil)
19464
19465 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19466 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19467 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19468 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19469
19470 \(fn)" t nil)
19471
19472 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19473 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19474 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19475
19476 \(fn)" t nil)
19477
19478 ;;;***
19479 \f
19480 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19481 ;;;;;; (17851 10839))
19482 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19483 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19484
19485 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19486 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19487 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19488 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19489
19490 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19491 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19492 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19493 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19494
19495 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19496 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19497 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19498 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19499 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19500 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19501
19502 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19503 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19504 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19505
19506 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19507 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19508 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19509 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19510 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19511 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19512 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19513 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19514 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19515 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19516 The subheadings remain visible.
19517 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19518
19519 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19520 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19521 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19522
19523 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19524 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19525
19526 \(fn)" t nil)
19527
19528 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19529 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19530 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19531 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19532
19533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19534
19535 ;;;***
19536 \f
19537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17851
19538 ;;;;;; 10872))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19540 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19541 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19542 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19543 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19544 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19545 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19546 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19547 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19548 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19549
19550 ;;;***
19551 \f
19552 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17851 10839))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19554
19555 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19556 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19557 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19559 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19560 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19561
19562 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19563
19564 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19565 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19566 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19567 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19568
19569 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19570 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19571
19572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19573
19574 ;;;***
19575 \f
19576 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19577 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
19578 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19579
19580 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19581 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19582 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19583 unknown are returned as nil.
19584
19585 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19586
19587 ;;;***
19588 \f
19589 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17851
19590 ;;;;;; 10869))
19591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19592
19593 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19594 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19595 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19596
19597 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19598 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19599
19600 Other useful functions are:
19601
19602 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19603 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19604 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19605 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19606 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19607 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19608 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19609 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19610 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19611
19612 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19613
19614 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19615 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19616 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19617 Indentation for case statements.
19618 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19619 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19620 mark after an end.
19621 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19622 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19623 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19624 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19625 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19626 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19627 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19628 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19629 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19630 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19631
19632 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19633 pascal-separator-keywords.
19634
19635 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19636 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19637
19638 \(fn)" t nil)
19639
19640 ;;;***
19641 \f
19642 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19643 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
19644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19645
19646 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19647 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19648 The keys affected are:
19649 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19650 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19651 M-Backspace does undo.
19652 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19653 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19654 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19655
19656 \(fn)" t nil)
19657
19658 ;;;***
19659 \f
19660 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19661 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17851 10853))
19662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19663
19664 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19665 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19666 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19669 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19670
19671 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19672
19673 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19674 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19675
19676 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19677
19678 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19679 which modify the status of the mark.
19680
19681 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19682 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19683
19684 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19685 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19686
19687 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19688 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19689 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19690 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19691 turning PC Selection mode on.
19692
19693 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19694 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19695
19696 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19697 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19698 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19699
19700 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19701 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19702 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19703
19704 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19705 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19706
19707 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19708 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19709 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19710
19711 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19712 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19713 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19714
19715 F6 other-window
19716 DELETE delete-char
19717 C-DELETE kill-line
19718 M-DELETE kill-word
19719 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19720 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19721 M-BACKSPACE undo
19722
19723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19724
19725 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19726 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19727 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19728 and cursor movement commands.
19729 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19731 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19732
19733 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19734
19735 ;;;***
19736 \f
19737 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17851
19738 ;;;;;; 10839))
19739 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19740
19741 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19742 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19743
19744 \(fn)" nil nil)
19745
19746 ;;;***
19747 \f
19748 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19749 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17851 10839))
19750 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19751
19752 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19753 Completion for `gzip'.
19754
19755 \(fn)" nil nil)
19756
19757 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19758 Completion for `bzip2'.
19759
19760 \(fn)" nil nil)
19761
19762 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19763 Completion for GNU `make'.
19764
19765 \(fn)" nil nil)
19766
19767 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19768 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19769
19770 \(fn)" nil nil)
19771
19772 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19773
19774 ;;;***
19775 \f
19776 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19777 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17851 10839))
19778 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19779
19780 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19781 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19782
19783 \(fn)" nil nil)
19784
19785 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19786 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19787
19788 \(fn)" nil nil)
19789
19790 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19791 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19792
19793 \(fn)" nil nil)
19794
19795 ;;;***
19796 \f
19797 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17851
19798 ;;;;;; 10839))
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19800
19801 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19802 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19803 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19804 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19805 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19806 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19807
19808 \(fn)" nil nil)
19809
19810 ;;;***
19811 \f
19812 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19813 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19814 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17851 10839))
19815 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19816
19817 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19818 Completion for `cd'.
19819
19820 \(fn)" nil nil)
19821
19822 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19823
19824 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19825 Completion for `rmdir'.
19826
19827 \(fn)" nil nil)
19828
19829 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19830 Completion for `rm'.
19831
19832 \(fn)" nil nil)
19833
19834 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19835 Completion for `xargs'.
19836
19837 \(fn)" nil nil)
19838
19839 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19840
19841 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19842 Completion for `which'.
19843
19844 \(fn)" nil nil)
19845
19846 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19847 Completion for the `chown' command.
19848
19849 \(fn)" nil nil)
19850
19851 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19852 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19853
19854 \(fn)" nil nil)
19855
19856 ;;;***
19857 \f
19858 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19859 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19860 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17851
19861 ;;;;;; 10839))
19862 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19863
19864 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19865 Support extensible programmable completion.
19866 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19867 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19868
19869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19870
19871 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19872 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19873
19874 \(fn)" t nil)
19875
19876 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19877 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19878 This will modify the current buffer.
19879
19880 \(fn)" t nil)
19881
19882 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19883 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19884
19885 \(fn)" t nil)
19886
19887 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19888 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19889 This will modify the current buffer.
19890
19891 \(fn)" t nil)
19892
19893 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19894 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19895
19896 \(fn)" t nil)
19897
19898 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19899 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19900
19901 \(fn)" t nil)
19902
19903 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19904 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19905 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19906 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19907 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19908
19909 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19910
19911 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19912 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19913
19914 \(fn)" nil nil)
19915
19916 ;;;***
19917 \f
19918 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19919 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19920 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17851 10840))
19921 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19922
19923 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19924 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19925 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19926 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19927
19928 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19929
19930 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19931
19932 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19933 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19934 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19935 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19936 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19937 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19938 FLAGS is ignored.
19939
19940 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19941
19942 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19943 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19944 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19945 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19946 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19947 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19948 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19949 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19950
19951 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19952
19953 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19954 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19955 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19956 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19957 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19958 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19959 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19960 passed to cvs.
19961
19962 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19963
19964 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19965 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19966 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19967 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19968 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19969 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19970 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19971
19972 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19973
19974 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19975
19976 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19977 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19978 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19979
19980 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
19981
19982 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19983 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19984 nil means never do it.
19985 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19986 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19987 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19988
19989 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
19990
19991 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19992 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19993 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19994
19995 ;;;***
19996 \f
19997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17851 10839))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19999
20000 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20001
20002 ;;;***
20003 \f
20004 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20005 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20007
20008 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20009 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20010 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20011 Tab indents for Perl code.
20012 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20013 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20014 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20015 \\{perl-mode-map}
20016 Variables controlling indentation style:
20017 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20018 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20019 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20020 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20021 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20022 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20023 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20024 `perl-nochange'
20025 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20026 `perl-indent-level'
20027 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20028 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20029 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20030 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20031 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20032 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20033 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20034 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20035 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20036 `perl-brace-offset'
20037 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20038 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20039 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20040 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20041 `perl-label-offset'
20042 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20043 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20044 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20045
20046 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20047 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20048 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20049 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20050 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20051 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20052 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20053
20054 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20055
20056 \(fn)" t nil)
20057
20058 ;;;***
20059 \f
20060 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20061 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20062 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20063 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17851 10840))
20064 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20065
20066 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20067 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20068
20069 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20070
20071 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20072 passphrase cache or user.
20073
20074 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20075
20076 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20077 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20078
20079 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20080 cache or user.
20081
20082 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20083
20084 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20085 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20086
20087 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20088 the region.
20089
20090 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20091 passphrase cache or user.
20092
20093 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20094
20095 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20096 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20097
20098 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20099
20100 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20101 the region.
20102
20103 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20104 passphrase cache or user.
20105
20106 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20107
20108 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20109 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20110
20111 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20112 passphrase cache or user.
20113
20114 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20115
20116 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20117 Decrypt the current buffer.
20118
20119 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20120 the region.
20121
20122 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20123 passphrase cache or user.
20124
20125 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20126
20127 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20128 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20129
20130 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20131 a detached signature.
20132
20133 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20134 and the the output is displayed.
20135
20136 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20137 passphrase cache or user.
20138
20139 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20140
20141 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20142 Sign the current buffer.
20143
20144 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20145 detached signature.
20146
20147 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20148 within the region.
20149
20150 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20151 and the the output is displayed.
20152
20153 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20154 passphrase cache or user.
20155
20156 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20157
20158 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20159 Verify the current region between START and END.
20160 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20161 the detached signature of the current region.
20162
20163 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20164 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20165
20166 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20169 Verify the current buffer.
20170 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20171 the detached signature of the current region.
20172 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20173 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20174 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20175 within the region.
20176
20177 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20178
20179 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20180 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20181
20182 \(fn)" t nil)
20183
20184 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20185 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20186
20187 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20188
20189 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20190 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20191
20192 \(fn)" t nil)
20193
20194 ;;;***
20195 \f
20196 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20197 ;;;;;; (17851 10840))
20198 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20199
20200 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20201 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20202
20203 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20204
20205 ;;;***
20206 \f
20207 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20208 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20210
20211 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20212 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20213 \\<picture-mode-map>
20214 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20215 afterwards settable by these commands:
20216
20217 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20218 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20219 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20220 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20221
20222 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20223 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20224 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20225 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20226
20227 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20228 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20229 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20230 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20231
20232 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20233 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20234 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20235 with these commands:
20236
20237 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20238 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20239 Move to column following last
20240 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20241 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20242 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20243 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20244 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20245 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20246
20247 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20248
20249 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20250 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20251 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20252 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20253 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20254 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20255
20256 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20257 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20258 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20259 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20260 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20261 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20262 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20263
20264 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20265 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20266 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20267 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20268 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20269 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20270 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20271 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20272
20273 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20274 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20275 by supplying an argument.
20276
20277 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20278
20279 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20280 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20281
20282 \(fn)" t nil)
20283
20284 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20285
20286 ;;;***
20287 \f
20288 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20289 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20291
20292 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20293 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20294 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20295
20296 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20297
20298 ;;;***
20299 \f
20300 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17851 10866))
20301 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20302
20303 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20304 Play pong and waste time.
20305 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20306 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20307
20308 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20309
20310 \\{pong-mode-map}
20311
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20313
20314 ;;;***
20315 \f
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20317 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17851 10853))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20319
20320 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20321 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20322 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20323 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20324
20325 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20326
20327 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20328 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20329
20330 \(fn)" nil nil)
20331
20332 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20333 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20334 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20335 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20336 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20337
20338 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20339
20340 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20341 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20342 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20343
20344 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20345
20346 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20347 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20348 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20349 Ignores leading comment characters.
20350
20351 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20352
20353 ;;;***
20354 \f
20355 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20356 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20357 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20358 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20359 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20360 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20361 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20362 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20363 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20364 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20365 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20366 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20367 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20368 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20369 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20370 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20371 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20372 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20373 ;;;;;; (17851 10840))
20374 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20375
20376 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20377 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20378
20379 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20380
20381 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20382
20383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20386 Preview directory using ghostview.
20387
20388 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20389 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20390 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20391 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20392
20393 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20394 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20395 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20396 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20397 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20398 file name.
20399
20400 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20401
20402 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20403
20404 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20405 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20406
20407 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20408 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20409 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20410 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20411
20412 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20413 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20414 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20415 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20416 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20417 file name.
20418
20419 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20420
20421 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20422
20423 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20424 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20425
20426 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20427 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20428 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20429 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20430
20431 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20432 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20433 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20434 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20435 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20436 file name.
20437
20438 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20439
20440 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20441
20442 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20443 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20444
20445 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20446
20447 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20448 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20449 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20450 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20451
20452 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20453 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20454 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20455 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20456 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20457 file name.
20458
20459 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20460
20461 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20462
20463 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20464 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20465
20466 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20467 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20468 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20469
20470 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20471 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20472 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20473 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20474
20475 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20476
20477 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20478 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20479
20480 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20481 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20482 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20483
20484 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20485 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20486 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20487 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20488
20489 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20490
20491 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20492 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20493
20494 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20495 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20496 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20497
20498 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20499 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20500 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20501 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20502
20503 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20504
20505 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20506 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20507
20508 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20509
20510 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20511 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20512 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20513
20514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20515 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20516 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20517 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20518
20519 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20520
20521 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20522 Preview region using ghostview.
20523
20524 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20525
20526 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20529 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20530
20531 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20532
20533 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20534
20535 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20536 Print region using PostScript printer.
20537
20538 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20539
20540 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20541
20542 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20543 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20544
20545 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20546
20547 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20548
20549 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20550 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20551
20552 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20553
20554 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20555
20556 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20557 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20558
20559 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20560
20561 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20562
20563 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20564 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20565
20566 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20567
20568 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20569
20570 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20571 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20572
20573 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20574
20575 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20576
20577 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20578 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20579 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20580 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20581
20582 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20583 matching.
20584
20585 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20586 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20587
20588 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20589
20590 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20591
20592 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20593 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20594 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20595 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20596
20597 \(fn)" t nil)
20598
20599 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20600 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20601 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20602 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20603
20604 \(fn)" t nil)
20605
20606 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20607 Print directory using text printer.
20608
20609 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20610 matching.
20611
20612 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20613 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20614
20615 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20616
20617 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20620 Print buffer using text printer.
20621
20622 \(fn)" t nil)
20623
20624 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20625 Print region using text printer.
20626
20627 \(fn)" t nil)
20628
20629 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20630 Print major mode using text printer.
20631
20632 \(fn)" t nil)
20633
20634 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20635 Preview spooled PostScript.
20636
20637 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20638 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20639 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20640
20641 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20642 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20643 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20644
20645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20646
20647 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20648 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20649
20650 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20651 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20652 instead of sending it to the printer.
20653
20654 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20655 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20656 image in a file with that name.
20657
20658 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20659
20660 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20661 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20662
20663 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20664 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20665 instead of sending it to the printer.
20666
20667 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20668 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20669 image in a file with that name.
20670
20671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20672
20673 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20674 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20675
20676 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20677 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20678 instead of sending it to the printer.
20679
20680 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20681 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20682 image in a file with that name.
20683
20684 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20685
20686 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20687 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20688
20689 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20690
20691 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20692 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20693
20694 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20695
20696 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20697 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20698
20699 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20700
20701 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20702 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20703
20704 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20705
20706 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20707 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20708
20709 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20710
20711 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20712 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20713
20714 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20715 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20716 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20717 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20718
20719 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20720 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20721 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20722 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20723 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20724 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20725 file name.
20726
20727 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20728
20729 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20730 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20731
20732 \(fn)" t nil)
20733
20734 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20735 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20736
20737 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20738 right.
20739 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20740 bottom.
20741
20742 \(fn)" t nil)
20743
20744 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20745 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20746
20747 \(fn)" t nil)
20748
20749 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20750 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20751
20752 \(fn)" t nil)
20753
20754 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20755 Toggle printing with faces.
20756
20757 \(fn)" t nil)
20758
20759 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20760 Toggle spooling.
20761
20762 \(fn)" t nil)
20763
20764 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20765 Toggle duplex.
20766
20767 \(fn)" t nil)
20768
20769 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20770 Toggle tumble.
20771
20772 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20773 right.
20774 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20775 bottom.
20776
20777 \(fn)" t nil)
20778
20779 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20780 Toggle landscape.
20781
20782 \(fn)" t nil)
20783
20784 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20785 Toggle upside-down.
20786
20787 \(fn)" t nil)
20788
20789 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20790 Toggle line number.
20791
20792 \(fn)" t nil)
20793
20794 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20795 Toggle zebra stripes.
20796
20797 \(fn)" t nil)
20798
20799 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20800 Toggle printing header.
20801
20802 \(fn)" t nil)
20803
20804 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20805 Toggle printing header frame.
20806
20807 \(fn)" t nil)
20808
20809 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20810 Toggle menu lock.
20811
20812 \(fn)" t nil)
20813
20814 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20815 Toggle auto region.
20816
20817 \(fn)" t nil)
20818
20819 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20820 Toggle auto mode.
20821
20822 \(fn)" t nil)
20823
20824 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20825 Customization of the `printing' group.
20826
20827 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20828
20829 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20830 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20831
20832 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20833
20834 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20835 Help for the printing package.
20836
20837 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20838
20839 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20840 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20841
20842 \(fn)" t nil)
20843
20844 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20845 Interactively select a text printer.
20846
20847 \(fn)" t nil)
20848
20849 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20850 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20851
20852 \(fn)" t nil)
20853
20854 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20855 Show current ps-print settings.
20856
20857 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20858
20859 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20860 Show current printing settings.
20861
20862 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20863
20864 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20865 Show current lpr settings.
20866
20867 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20868
20869 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20870 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20871
20872 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20873 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20874 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20875 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20876
20877
20878 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20879
20880 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20881 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20882 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20883
20884 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20885 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20886 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20887 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20888 current active printer.
20889
20890 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20891 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20892 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20893 printer.
20894
20895 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20896 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20897 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20898 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20899 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20900
20901
20902 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20903 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20904
20905 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20906
20907 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20908 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20909 be done using the new current active printer.
20910
20911 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20912 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20913 printer.
20914
20915 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20916 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20917 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20918 instead of sending it to the printer.
20919
20920 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20921 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20922 printer.
20923
20924 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20925
20926
20927 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20928 are both set to t.
20929
20930 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20931
20932 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20933 Fast fire function for text printing.
20934
20935 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20936 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20937 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20938 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20939
20940 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20941 user for a new active text printer.
20942
20943 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20944
20945 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20946
20947 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20948 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20949 printer.
20950
20951 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20952
20953 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20954 are both set to t.
20955
20956 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20957
20958 ;;;***
20959 \f
20960 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20961 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
20962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20963
20964 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20965 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20966 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20967 Commands:
20968 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20969 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20970 if that value is non-nil.
20971
20972 \(fn)" t nil)
20973
20974 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
20975
20976 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
20977 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20978 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
20979
20980 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
20981
20982 ;;;***
20983 \f
20984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17851 10840))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20986
20987 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20988 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20989 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20990
20991 ;;;***
20992 \f
20993 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17851
20994 ;;;;;; 10869))
20995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20996
20997 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20998 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20999
21000 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21001
21002 The following variables hold user options, and can
21003 be set through the `customize' command:
21004
21005 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21006 `ps-mode-tab'
21007 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21008 `ps-mode-print-function'
21009 `ps-run-prompt'
21010 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21011 `ps-run-x'
21012 `ps-run-dumb'
21013 `ps-run-init'
21014 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21015 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21016
21017 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21018
21019
21020 \\{ps-mode-map}
21021
21022
21023 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21024 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21025 The keymap for this second window is:
21026
21027 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21028
21029
21030 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21031 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21032 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21033 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21034 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21035
21036 \(fn)" t nil)
21037
21038 ;;;***
21039 \f
21040 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21041 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21042 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21043 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17851 10840))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21045
21046 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21047 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21048
21049 Valid values are:
21050
21051 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21052 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21053 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21054 changed by setting the variable
21055 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21056 The initial value of this variable is
21057 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21058 documentation).
21059
21060 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21061 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21062 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21063 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21064 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21065 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21066 test it.
21067
21068 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21069 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21070 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21071 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21072 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21073 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21074 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21075 use this value, be sure to have installed
21076 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21077 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21078 documentation of this variable).
21079
21080 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21081 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21082 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21083 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21084 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21085 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21086
21087 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21088
21089 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21090
21091 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21092 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21093 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21094
21095 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21096
21097 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21098 Not documented
21099
21100 \(fn)" nil nil)
21101
21102 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21103 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21104
21105 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21106
21107 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21108
21109 Returns the value:
21110
21111 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21112
21113 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21114 the sequence.
21115
21116 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21117
21118 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21119 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21120
21121 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21122 composition.
21123
21124 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21125
21126 Returns the value:
21127
21128 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21129
21130 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21131 the sequence.
21132
21133 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21134
21135 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21136 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21137
21138 \(fn)" nil nil)
21139
21140 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21141 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21142 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21143
21144 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21145
21146 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21147 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21148 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21149
21150 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21151
21152 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21153 Not documented
21154
21155 \(fn)" nil nil)
21156
21157 ;;;***
21158 \f
21159 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21160 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21161 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21162 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21163 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21164 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17851
21165 ;;;;;; 10840))
21166 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21167
21168 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21169 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21170 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21171
21172 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21173
21174 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21175 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21176 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21177 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21178
21179 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21180
21181 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21182 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21183
21184 Valid values are:
21185
21186 nil Do not print colors.
21187
21188 t Print colors.
21189
21190 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21191 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21192
21193 Any other value is treated as t.")
21194
21195 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21196
21197 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21198 Customization of ps-print group.
21199
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21203 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21204
21205 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21206 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21207 sending it to the printer.
21208
21209 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21210 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21211 image in a file with that name.
21212
21213 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21214
21215 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21216 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21217 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21218 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21219 so it has a way to determine color values.
21220
21221 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21222
21223 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21224 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21225 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21226
21227 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21230 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21231 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21232 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21233 so it has a way to determine color values.
21234
21235 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21236
21237 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21238 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21239 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21240 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21241
21242 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21243
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21247 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21248 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21249 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21250 so it has a way to determine color values.
21251
21252 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21253
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21255
21256 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21257 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21258 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21259
21260 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21261
21262 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21265 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21266 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21267 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21268 so it has a way to determine color values.
21269
21270 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21271
21272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21275 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21276
21277 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21278 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21279 instead of sending it to the printer.
21280
21281 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21282 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21283 image in a file with that name.
21284
21285 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21286
21287 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21288 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21289 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21290 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21291 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21292
21293 \(fn)" t nil)
21294
21295 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21296 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21297 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21298
21299 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21302 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21303 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21304
21305 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21308 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21309
21310 \(fn)" nil nil)
21311
21312 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21313 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21314
21315 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21316 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21317
21318 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21319 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21320
21321 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21322
21323 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21324
21325 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21326
21327 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21328 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21329
21330 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21331 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21332
21333 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21334 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21335
21336 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21337
21338 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21339
21340 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21341
21342 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21343 foreground and background colors respectively.
21344
21345 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21346 bold - use bold font.
21347 italic - use italic font.
21348 underline - put a line under text.
21349 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21350 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21351 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21352 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21353 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21354
21355 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21356
21357 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21358
21359 ;;;***
21360 \f
21361 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21362 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
21363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21364
21365 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21366
21367 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21368
21369 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21370
21371 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21372 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21373 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21374 buffer automatically.
21375
21376 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21377 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21378 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21379 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21380 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21381 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21382 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21383
21384 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21385 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21386 buffer for a list of commands.)
21387
21388 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21389
21390 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21391 Major mode for editing Python files.
21392 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21393 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21394 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21395 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21396
21397 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21398 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21399 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21400 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21401 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21402 \\<python-mode-map>
21403 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21404 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21405 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21406 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21407 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21408 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21409
21410 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21411 effect outside them.
21412
21413 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21414 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21415 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21416 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21417 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21418 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21419 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21420 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21421 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21422
21423 \\{python-mode-map}
21424
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21428 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21429 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21430 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21431
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434 ;;;***
21435 \f
21436 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21437 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
21438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21439
21440 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21441 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21442 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21443 coding-system.
21444
21445 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21446 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21447
21448 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21449 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21450 them into characters should be done separately.
21451
21452 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21453
21454 ;;;***
21455 \f
21456 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21457 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21458 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21459 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21460 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17851 10861))
21461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21462
21463 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21464 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21465
21466 \(fn)" nil nil)
21467
21468 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21469 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21470 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21471
21472 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21473 `quail-activate', which see.
21474
21475 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21476
21477 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21478 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21479 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21480 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21481 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21482 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21483 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21484
21485 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21486 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21487 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21488 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21489 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21490 shown.
21491 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21492
21493 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21494 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21495 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21496 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21497 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21498 list of candidates.
21499
21500 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21501 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21502 command to be called.
21503
21504 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21505 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21506 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21507 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21508
21509 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21510 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21511 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21512 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21513 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21514 to t.
21515
21516 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21517 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21518 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21519 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21520
21521 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21522 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21523 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21524 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21525
21526 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21527 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21528 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21529 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21530 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21531 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21532
21533 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21534 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21535 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21536 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21537 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21538 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21539
21540 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21541 covers Quail translation region.
21542
21543 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21544 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21545 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21546 for it) is inserted.
21547
21548 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21549 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21550 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21551
21552 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21553 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21554 non-Quail commands.
21555
21556 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21557
21558 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21559 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21560
21561 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21562 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21563 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21564 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21565 you type is correctly handled.
21566
21567 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21568
21569 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21570 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21571
21572 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21573 keyboard type.
21574
21575 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21576
21577 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21578 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21579 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21580 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21581 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21582 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21583 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21584 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21585 for the translation.
21586 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21587
21588 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21589 it is used to handle KEY.
21590
21591 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21592 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21593 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21594 the following annotation types are supported.
21595
21596 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21597 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21598
21599 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21600 candidate list.
21601
21602 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21603 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21604 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21605 inserted.
21606
21607 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21608 generated for the following translations.
21609
21610 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21611
21612 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21613 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21614
21615 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21616 which to install MAP.
21617
21618 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21619
21620 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21621
21622 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21623 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21624
21625 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21626 which to install MAP.
21627
21628 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21629
21630 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21631
21632 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21633 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21634 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21635 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21636 a function, or a cons.
21637 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21638 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21639 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21640 for the translation.
21641 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21642 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21643 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21644 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21645 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21646
21647 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21648 it is used to handle KEY.
21649
21650 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21651 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21652 current Quail package.
21653
21654 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21655 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21656
21657 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21658
21659 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21660 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21661
21662 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21663 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21664
21665 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21666
21667 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21668 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21669
21670 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21671
21672 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21673 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21674 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21675 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21676 of the Emacs source tree.
21677
21678 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21679 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21680
21681 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21682 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21683 of each directory.
21684
21685 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21686
21687 ;;;***
21688 \f
21689 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21690 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21691 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17851
21692 ;;;;;; 10864))
21693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21694
21695 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21696 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21697 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21698 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21699
21700 To make use of this do something like:
21701
21702 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21703
21704 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21705
21706 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21707 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21708
21709 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21710 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21711 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21712
21713 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21714
21715 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21716 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21717
21718 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21721 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21722
21723 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21724 is decided.
21725
21726 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21729 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21730
21731 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21732 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21733 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21734
21735 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21738 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21739
21740 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21741
21742 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21743 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21744
21745 \(fn)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21748 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21749
21750 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21751
21752 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21753
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21755
21756 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21757 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21758
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21760
21761 ;;;***
21762 \f
21763 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21764 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17851 10864))
21765 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21766
21767 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21768 Connect to IRC.
21769 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21770
21771 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21772
21773 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21774
21775 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21776 Not documented
21777
21778 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21779
21780 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21781 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21782 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21785 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21786
21787 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21788
21789 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21790 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21791
21792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21793
21794 ;;;***
21795 \f
21796 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17851
21797 ;;;;;; 10864))
21798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21799
21800 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21801 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21802 See \\[compile].
21803
21804 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21805
21806 ;;;***
21807 \f
21808 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21809 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
21810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21811
21812 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21813
21814 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21815 Construct a regexp interactively.
21816
21817 \(fn)" t nil)
21818
21819 ;;;***
21820 \f
21821 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17851 10841))
21822 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21823
21824 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21825 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21826 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21829 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21830
21831 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21832
21833 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21834 Toggle recentf mode.
21835 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21836 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21837
21838 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21839 that were operated on recently.
21840
21841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21842
21843 ;;;***
21844 \f
21845 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21846 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21847 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21848 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17851
21849 ;;;;;; 10841))
21850 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21851
21852 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21853 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21854 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21855 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21856
21857 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21858
21859 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21860
21861 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21862 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21863 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21864 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21865 ends.
21866
21867 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21868 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21869 to be deleted.
21870
21871 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21874 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21875 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21876
21877 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21878 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21879 deleted.
21880
21881 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21882
21883 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21884 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21885 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21886
21887 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21888
21889 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21890 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21891
21892 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21893 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21894
21895 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21896 deleted.
21897
21898 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21899 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21900 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21901 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21902 even beep.)
21903
21904 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21905
21906 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21907 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21908
21909 \(fn)" t nil)
21910
21911 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21912 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21913 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21914 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21915 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21916 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21917 and point is at the lower right corner.
21918
21919 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21920
21921 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21922 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21923
21924 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21925 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21926
21927 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21928 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21929 on the right side of the rectangle.
21930
21931 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21932
21933 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21934
21935 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21936 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21937 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21938 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21939 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21940
21941 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21942 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21943
21944 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21945
21946 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21947 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21948 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21949
21950 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21951
21952 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21953
21954 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21955
21956 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21957 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21958
21959 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21960 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21961 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21962
21963 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21964
21965 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21966 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21967 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21968
21969 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21970 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21971 rectangle which were empty.
21972
21973 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21974
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17851
21978 ;;;;;; 10872))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21980
21981 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21982 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21983 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21984
21985 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21986 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21987 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21988
21989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21990
21991 ;;;***
21992 \f
21993 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21994 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17851 10872))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21996
21997 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21998 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21999
22000 \(fn)" nil nil)
22001
22002 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22003 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22004
22005 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22006 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22007
22008 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22009 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22010 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22011 \\ref macro.
22012
22013 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22014 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22015 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22016
22017 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22018 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22019 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22020
22021 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22022 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22023
22024 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22025 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22026
22027 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22028 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22029 on the menu bar.
22030
22031 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22032
22033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22034
22035 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22036 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22037 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22038
22039 \(fn)" nil nil)
22040
22041 ;;;***
22042 \f
22043 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22044 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22046
22047 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22048 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22049 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22050 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22051 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22052 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22053
22054 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22055
22056 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22057
22058 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22059 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22060 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22061 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22062 `reftex-cite-format'.
22063
22064 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22065 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22066 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22067 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22068
22069 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22070
22071 ;;;***
22072 \f
22073 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22074 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22076
22077 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22078 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22079 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22080 the current TeX document.
22081
22082 With no argument, this command toggles
22083 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22084 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22085
22086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22087
22088 ;;;***
22089 \f
22090 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22091 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22093
22094 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22095 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22096 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22097
22098 To insert new phrases, use
22099 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22100 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22101
22102 To index phrases use one of:
22103
22104 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22105 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22106 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22107 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22108 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22109
22110 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22111 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22112
22113 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22114
22115 Here are all local bindings.
22116
22117 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22118
22119 \(fn)" t nil)
22120
22121 ;;;***
22122 \f
22123 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22124 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22126
22127 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22128 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22129 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22130 of master file.
22131
22132 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22133
22134 ;;;***
22135 \f
22136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17851
22137 ;;;;;; 10872))
22138 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22139 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22140 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22141 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22142 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22143
22144 ;;;***
22145 \f
22146 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22147 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22149
22150 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22151 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22152 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22153 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22154 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22155 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22156
22157 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22158 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22159
22160 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22161 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22162
22163 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22164
22165 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22166 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22167 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22168 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22169
22170 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22171
22172 ;;;***
22173 \f
22174 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17851 10841))
22175 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22176
22177 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22178 Repeat most recently executed command.
22179 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22180 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22181 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22182
22183 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22184 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22185 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22186
22187 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22188
22189 ;;;***
22190 \f
22191 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22192 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22194
22195 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22196 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22197
22198 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22199 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22200 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22201 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22202 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22203 and point is left after the salutation.
22204
22205 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22206 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22207 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22208 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22209 left after that text.
22210
22211 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22212 is non-nil.
22213
22214 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22215 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22216 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22217 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22218
22219 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22220
22221 ;;;***
22222 \f
22223 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22224 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22225 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22226
22227 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22228 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22229 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22230 visibility of comments that precede it.
22231 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22232 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22233 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22234 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22235 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22236 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22237 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22238 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22239 the comment lines.
22240 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22241 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22242 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22243 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22244 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22245
22246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22247 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22248
22249 ;;;***
22250 \f
22251 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17851
22252 ;;;;;; 10841))
22253 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22254
22255 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22256 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22257
22258 \(fn)" nil nil)
22259
22260 ;;;***
22261 \f
22262 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22263 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22264 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22265
22266 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22267 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22268 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22269
22270 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22271 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22272 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22273
22274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22275
22276 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22277 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22278 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22280 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22281 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22282
22283 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22284
22285 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22286 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22287 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22288
22289 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22290 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22291 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22292
22293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22294
22295 ;;;***
22296 \f
22297 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22298 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22300
22301 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22302 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22303
22304 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22305
22306 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22307 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22308
22309 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22310
22311 ;;;***
22312 \f
22313 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17851 10864))
22314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22315 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22316
22317 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22318 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22319 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22320 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22321
22322 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22323
22324 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22325 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22326 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22327 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22328
22329 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22330 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22331
22332 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22333 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22334
22335 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22336 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22337 INPUT-ARGS.
22338
22339 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22340 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22341 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22342 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22343 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22344
22345 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22346 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22347 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22348 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22349
22350 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22351 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22352 variable.
22353
22354 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22355
22356 ;;;***
22357 \f
22358 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22359 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22360 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22361 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22362 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22363 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22364 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17851
22365 ;;;;;; 10862))
22366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22367
22368 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22369 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22370 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22371
22372 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22373
22374 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22375 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22376 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22377 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22378
22379 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22380
22381 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22382 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22383 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22384 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22385 value is the user's email address and name.)
22386 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22387
22388 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22389 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22390 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22391 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22392 which normally happens once for each message,
22393 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22394 To make a change in this variable take effect
22395 for a message that you have already viewed,
22396 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22397
22398 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22399
22400 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22401 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22402 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22403 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22404
22405 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22406
22407 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22408 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22409
22410 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22411
22412 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22413 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22414 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22415 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22416
22417 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22418
22419 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22420 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22421
22422 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22423
22424 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22425 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22426
22427 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22428
22429 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22430 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22431 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22432 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22433 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22434
22435 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22436
22437 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22438 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22439 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22440 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22441
22442 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22443
22444 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22445 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22446
22447 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22448
22449 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22450 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22451
22452 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22453
22454 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22455 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22456
22457 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22458
22459 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22460 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22461
22462 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22463 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22464
22465 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22466 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22467
22468 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22469
22470 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22471 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22472
22473 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22474 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22475 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22476 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22477
22478 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22479 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22480
22481 This is set to nil by default.")
22482
22483 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22484 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22485 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22486 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22487 until a user explicitly requires it.
22488
22489 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22490 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22491 in your session.")
22492
22493 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22494
22495 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22496 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22497 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22498 It is called with no argument.")
22499
22500 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22501 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22502 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22503 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22504 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22505 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22506 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22507
22508 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22509 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22510 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22511 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22512 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22513 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22514
22515 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22516 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22517 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22518 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22519 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22520
22521 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22522 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22523 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22524 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22525 MSG is the message number,
22526 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22527 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22528
22529 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22530 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22531 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22532 this feature is required with `require'.
22533
22534 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22535 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22536
22537 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22538 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22539 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22540 the message is decoded as normal way.
22541
22542 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22543 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22544 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22545
22546 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22547 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22548 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22549
22550 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22551 Read and edit incoming mail.
22552 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22553 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22554 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22555
22556 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22557 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22558 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22559 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22560
22561 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22562
22563 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22564
22565 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22566 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22567 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22568 Instead, these commands are available:
22569
22570 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22571 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22572 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22573 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22574 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22575 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22576 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22577 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22578 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22579 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22580 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22581 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22582 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22583 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22584 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22585 till a deleted message is found.
22586 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22587 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22588 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22589 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22590 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22591 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22592 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22593 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22594 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22595 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22596 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22597 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22598 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22599 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22600 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22601 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22602 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22603 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22604 (label defaults to last one specified).
22605 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22606 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22607 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22608 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22609 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22610 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22611 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22612 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22613 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22614
22615 \(fn)" t nil)
22616
22617 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22618 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22619
22620 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22621
22622 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22623 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22624
22625 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22626
22627 ;;;***
22628 \f
22629 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22630 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22632
22633 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22634 Edit the contents of this message.
22635
22636 \(fn)" t nil)
22637
22638 ;;;***
22639 \f
22640 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22641 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22642 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17851 10862))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22644
22645 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22646 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22647 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22648
22649 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22650
22651 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22652 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22653 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22654
22655 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22656
22657 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22658 Not documented
22659
22660 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22661
22662 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22663 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22664 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22665 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22666 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22667
22668 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22669
22670 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22671 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22672 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22673 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22674 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22675
22676 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22677
22678 ;;;***
22679 \f
22680 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22681 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22682 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22683
22684 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22685 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22686 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22687 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22688
22689 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22690
22691 ;;;***
22692 \f
22693 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22694 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22695 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17851 10862))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22697
22698 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22699 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22700 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22701 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22702 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22703 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22704 a file name as a string.")
22705
22706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22707
22708 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22709 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22710 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22711 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22712 buffer visiting that file.
22713 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22714 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22715
22716 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22717 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22718
22719 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22720 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22721
22722 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22723 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22724
22725 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22726
22727 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22728 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22729
22730 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22731
22732 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22733 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22734 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22735 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22736 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22737
22738 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22739 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22740 will be appended with their original headers.
22741
22742 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22743 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22744
22745 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22746 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22747
22748 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22749
22750 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22751
22752 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22753 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22754 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22755
22756 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22757
22758 ;;;***
22759 \f
22760 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22761 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22762 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17851
22763 ;;;;;; 10862))
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22765
22766 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22767 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22768 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22769
22770 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22771
22772 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22773 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22774 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22775
22776 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22777
22778 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22779 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22780 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22781
22782 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22783
22784 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22785 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22786 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22787
22788 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22789
22790 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22791 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22792 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22793
22794 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22795
22796 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22797 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22798 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22799
22800 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22801
22802 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22803 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22804 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22805 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22806
22807 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22808
22809 ;;;***
22810 \f
22811 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22812 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22813 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22814 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22815 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17851 10862))
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22817
22818 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22819 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22820
22821 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22822
22823 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22824 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22825
22826 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22827
22828 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22829 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22830
22831 \(fn)" t nil)
22832
22833 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22834 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22835 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22836
22837 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22838
22839 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22840 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22841 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22842 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22843 only look in the To and From fields.
22844 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22845
22846 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22847
22848 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22849 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22850 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22851 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22852 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22853
22854 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22855
22856 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22857 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22858 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22859 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22860 look in the whole message.
22861 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22862
22863 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22864
22865 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22866 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22867 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22868
22869 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22870
22871 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22872 *Function to decode summary-line.
22873
22874 By default, `identity' is set.")
22875
22876 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22877
22878 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22879 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22880 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22881 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22882 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22883 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22884 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22885
22886 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22887 sent by you under different user names.
22888 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22889
22890 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22891
22892 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22893
22894 ;;;***
22895 \f
22896 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22897 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17851 10841))
22898 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22899
22900 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22901 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22902
22903 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22904
22905 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22906 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
22907
22908 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22909
22910 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22911 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22912
22913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22914
22915 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22916 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
22917 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22918
22919 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22920 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22921 in ROT13.
22922
22923 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22924
22925 \(fn)" t nil)
22926
22927 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22928 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
22929
22930 \(fn)" t nil)
22931
22932 ;;;***
22933 \f
22934 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17851
22935 ;;;;;; 10841))
22936 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22937
22938 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22939 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22940
22941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22942
22943 ;;;***
22944 \f
22945 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17851
22946 ;;;;;; 10853))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22948
22949 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22950 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22951 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22952 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22953
22954 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22955
22956 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22957 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22958 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22959 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22960
22961 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22962 notation.
22963
22964 STRING
22965 matches string STRING literally.
22966
22967 CHAR
22968 matches character CHAR literally.
22969
22970 `not-newline', `nonl'
22971 matches any character except a newline.
22972 .
22973 `anything'
22974 matches any character
22975
22976 `(any SET ...)'
22977 `(in SET ...)'
22978 `(char SET ...)'
22979 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22980 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22981 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22982
22983 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22984 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22985 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22986 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22987
22988 `(not (any SET ...))'
22989 matches any character not in SET ...
22990
22991 `line-start', `bol'
22992 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22993 in the text being matched
22994
22995 `line-end', `eol'
22996 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22997
22998 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22999 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23000 string being matched against.
23001
23002 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23003 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23004 string being matched against.
23005
23006 `buffer-start'
23007 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23008 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23009
23010 `buffer-end'
23011 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23012 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23013
23014 `point'
23015 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23016
23017 `word-start', `bow'
23018 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23019 word.
23020
23021 `word-end', `eow'
23022 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23023
23024 `word-boundary'
23025 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23026 word.
23027
23028 `(not word-boundary)'
23029 `not-word-boundary'
23030 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23031 word.
23032
23033 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23034 matches 0 through 9.
23035
23036 `control', `cntrl'
23037 matches ASCII control characters.
23038
23039 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23040 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23041
23042 `blank'
23043 matches space and tab only.
23044
23045 `graphic', `graph'
23046 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23047 space, and DEL.
23048
23049 `printing', `print'
23050 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23051 and DEL.
23052
23053 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23054 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23055 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23056
23057 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23058 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23059 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23060
23061 `ascii'
23062 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23063
23064 `nonascii'
23065 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23066
23067 `lower', `lower-case'
23068 matches anything lower-case.
23069
23070 `upper', `upper-case'
23071 matches anything upper-case.
23072
23073 `punctuation', `punct'
23074 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23075 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23076
23077 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23078 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23079
23080 `word', `wordchar'
23081 matches anything that has word syntax.
23082
23083 `not-wordchar'
23084 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23085
23086 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23087 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23088 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23089 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23090
23091 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23092 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23093 `word' (\\sw)
23094 `symbol' (\\s_)
23095 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23096 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23097 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23098 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23099 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23100 `escape' (\\s\\)
23101 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23102 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23103 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23104 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23105 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23106
23107 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23108 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23109
23110 `(category CATEGORY)'
23111 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23112 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23113
23114 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23115 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23116 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23117 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23118 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23119 `symbol' (\\c5)
23120 `digit' (\\c6)
23121 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23122 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23123 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23124 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23125 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23126 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23127 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23128 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23129 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23130 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23131 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23132 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23133 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23134 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23135 `ascii' (\\ca)
23136 `arabic' (\\cb)
23137 `chinese' (\\cc)
23138 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23139 `greek' (\\cg)
23140 `korean' (\\ch)
23141 `indian' (\\ci)
23142 `japanese' (\\cj)
23143 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23144 `latin' (\\cl)
23145 `lao' (\\co)
23146 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23147 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23148 `thai' (\\ct)
23149 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23150 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23151 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23152 `can-break' (\\c|)
23153
23154 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23155 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23156
23157 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23158 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23159 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23160 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23161 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23162
23163 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23164 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23165 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23166 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23167
23168 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23169 another name for `submatch'.
23170
23171 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23172 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23173 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23174 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23175 regular expression.
23176
23177 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23178 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23179 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23180 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23181 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23182
23183 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23184 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23185
23186 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23187 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23188
23189 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23190 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23191 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23192
23193 `(* SEXP ...)'
23194 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23195 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23196
23197 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23198 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23199 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23200
23201 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23202 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23203 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23204
23205 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23206 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23207
23208 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23209 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23210
23211 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23212 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23213 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23214 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23215
23216 `(? SEXP ...)'
23217 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23218
23219 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23220 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23221
23222 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23223 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23224 matches N occurrences.
23225
23226 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23227 matches N or more occurrences.
23228
23229 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23230 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23231 matches N to M occurrences.
23232
23233 `(backref N)'
23234 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23235
23236 `(backref N)'
23237 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23238
23239 `(backref N)'
23240 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23241
23242 `(eval FORM)'
23243 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23244 `regexp-quote' it.
23245
23246 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23247 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23248
23249 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23250
23251 ;;;***
23252 \f
23253 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23254 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23256
23257 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23258 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23259 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23260 interface.")
23261
23262 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23263
23264 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23265 Toggle savehist-mode.
23266 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23267 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23268 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23269 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23270
23271 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23272 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23273 which is probably undesirable.
23274
23275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23276
23277 ;;;***
23278 \f
23279 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23280 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
23281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23282
23283 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23284 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23285 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23286
23287 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23288 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23289 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23290 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23291 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23292 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23293 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23294 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23295
23296 Commands:
23297 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23298 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23299 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23300 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23301 if that value is non-nil.
23302
23303 \(fn)" t nil)
23304
23305 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23306 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23307 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23308
23309 Commands:
23310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23311 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23312 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23313 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23314 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23315 that variable's value is a string.
23316
23317 \(fn)" t nil)
23318
23319 ;;;***
23320 \f
23321 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23322 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23324
23325 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23326 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23327 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23328
23329 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23330
23331 \(fn)" t nil)
23332
23333 ;;;***
23334 \f
23335 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23336 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23337 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23338
23339 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23340 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23341 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23343 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23344 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23345
23346 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23347
23348 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23349 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23350 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23351 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23352 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23353
23354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23355
23356 ;;;***
23357 \f
23358 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23359 ;;;;;; (17851 10842))
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23361
23362 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23363 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23364 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23365 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23366 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23367 during scrolling.
23368
23369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23370
23371 ;;;***
23372 \f
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23374 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23375 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23376 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23377 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23378 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23379 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23380 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23381 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17851 10862))
23382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23383
23384 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23385 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23386
23387 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23388 king@grassland.com
23389 If `parens', they look like:
23390 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23391 If `angles', they look like:
23392 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23393 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23394 derived from the envelope-from address.
23395
23396 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23397 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23398 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23399 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23400
23401 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23402
23403 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23404 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23405 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23406 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23407
23408 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23409 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23410 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23411 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23412
23413 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23414
23415 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23416 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23417 This is done when the message is initialized,
23418 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23419
23420 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23421
23422 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23423 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23424 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23425
23426 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23427
23428 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23429
23430 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23431 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23432 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23433 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23434 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23435 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23436 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23437
23438 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23439
23440 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23441 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23442
23443 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23444
23445 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23446 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23447 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23448
23449 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23450
23451 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23452 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23453 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23454 when you first send mail.")
23455
23456 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23457
23458 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23459 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23460 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23461 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23462 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23463
23464 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23465
23466 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23467 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23468 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23469 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23470 This file need not actually exist.")
23471
23472 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23473
23474 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23475 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23476 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23477
23478 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23479
23480 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23481 Alist of mail address aliases,
23482 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23483 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23484 can specify a different file name.)
23485 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23486 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23487
23488 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23489 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23490 nil means use indentation.")
23491
23492 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23493
23494 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23495 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23496 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23497
23498 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23499
23500 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23501 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23502 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23503 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23504 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23505 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23506 in the cited portion of the message.
23507
23508 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23509 instead of no action.")
23510
23511 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23512
23513 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23514 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23515 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23516 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23517 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23518
23519 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23520
23521 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23522 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23523 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23524 If a string, that string is inserted.
23525 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23526 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23527 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23528 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23529
23530 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23531
23532 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23533 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23534
23535 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23536
23537 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23538 Directory for mail buffers.
23539 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23540 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23541
23542 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23543
23544 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23545 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23546 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23547 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23548
23549 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23550
23551 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23552 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23553 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23554 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23555 is non-nil.")
23556
23557 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23558
23559 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23560 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23561 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23562 `query' means ask the user each time.
23563 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23564 The default is `mime'.
23565 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23566 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23567
23568 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23569
23570 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23571 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23572 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23573
23574 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23575 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23576
23577 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23578 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23579 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23580 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23581 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23582 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23583 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23584 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23585 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23586 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23587 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23588 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23589 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23590
23591 \(fn)" t nil)
23592
23593 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23594 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23595
23596 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23597 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23598
23599 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23600
23601 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23602 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23603 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23604 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23605 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23606 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23607
23608 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23609 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23610 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23611
23612 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23613 User should not set this variable manually,
23614 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23615 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23616 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23617 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23618
23619 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23620 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23621 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23622 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23623
23624 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23625 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23626
23627 \\<mail-mode-map>
23628 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23629
23630 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23631 to move to message header fields:
23632 \\{mail-mode-map}
23633
23634 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23635 when the message is initialized.
23636
23637 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23638 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23639
23640 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23641 is inserted.
23642
23643 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23644 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23645
23646 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23647 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23648 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23649 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23650 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23651 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23652 buffer without erasing the contents.
23653
23654 The second through fifth arguments,
23655 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23656 the initial contents of those header fields.
23657 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23658 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23659 original message being replied to, or else an action
23660 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23661 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23662 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23663 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23664 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23665 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23666
23667 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23668
23669 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23670 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23671
23672 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23673
23674 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23675 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23676
23677 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23678
23679 ;;;***
23680 \f
23681 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23682 ;;;;;; (17851 10842))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23684
23685 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23686 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23687 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23688 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23689 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23690 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23691
23692 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23693
23694 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23695
23696 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23697 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23698 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23701 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23702
23703 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23704
23705 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23706 Toggle Server mode.
23707 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23708 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23709 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23710
23711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23712
23713 ;;;***
23714 \f
23715 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17851 10843))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23717
23718 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23719 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23720 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23721
23722 Key definitions:
23723 \\{ses-mode-map}
23724 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23725 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23726 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23727 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23728
23729 \(fn)" t nil)
23730
23731 ;;;***
23732 \f
23733 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23734 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23736
23737 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23738 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23739 Makes > match <.
23740 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23741 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23742
23743 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23744 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23745 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23746
23747 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23748 in your `.emacs' file.
23749
23750 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23751
23752 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23753 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23754 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23755
23756 \(fn)" t nil)
23757
23758 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23759
23760 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23761 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23762 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23763 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23764 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23765 which this is based.
23766
23767 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23768
23769 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23770 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23771 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23772 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23773
23774 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23775 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23776 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23777
23778 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23779 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23780 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23781 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23782
23783 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23784 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23785 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23786 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23787
23788 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23789
23790 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23791 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23792 To work around that, do:
23793 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23794
23795 \\{html-mode-map}
23796
23797 \(fn)" t nil)
23798
23799 ;;;***
23800 \f
23801 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23802 ;;;;;; (17851 10870))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23804 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23805
23806 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23807 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23808 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23809 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23810 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23811 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23812
23813 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23814 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23815 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23816 shell-specific features.
23817
23818 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23819 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23820 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23821 \\<sh-mode-map>
23822 \\[sh-case] case statement
23823 \\[sh-for] for loop
23824 \\[sh-function] function definition
23825 \\[sh-if] if statement
23826 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23827 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23828 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23829 \\[sh-select] select loop
23830 \\[sh-until] until loop
23831 \\[sh-while] while loop
23832
23833 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23834 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23835 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23836 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23837 would indent to the way it currently is.
23838 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23839 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23840
23841
23842 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23843 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23844 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23845 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23846 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23847 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23848
23849 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23850 {, (, [, ', \", `
23851 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23852
23853 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23854 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23855 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23856
23857 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23858 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23859
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23861
23862 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23863
23864 ;;;***
23865 \f
23866 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17851 10859))
23867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23868
23869 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23870 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23871 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23872 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23873 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23874 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23875
23876 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23877
23878 ;;;***
23879 \f
23880 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23881 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23883
23884 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23885 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23886
23887 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23888 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23889 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23890 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23891 the earlier.
23892
23893 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23894
23895 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23896
23897 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23898 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23899 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23900
23901 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23902 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23903
23904 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23905 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23906 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23907 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23908 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23909 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23910 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23911 Emacs version).
23912
23913 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23914 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23915 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23916 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23917 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23918
23919 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23920 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23921 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23922
23923 \(fn)" t nil)
23924
23925 ;;;***
23926 \f
23927 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23928 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17851
23929 ;;;;;; 10843))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23931
23932 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23933 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23934 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23935 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23936 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23937 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23938 in the cluster.
23939
23940 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23941
23942 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23943 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23944 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23945 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23946 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23947
23948 \(fn)" t nil)
23949
23950 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23951 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23952 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23953 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23954 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
23955 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23956 `shadow-define-cluster').
23957
23958 \(fn)" t nil)
23959
23960 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23961 Set up file shadowing.
23962
23963 \(fn)" t nil)
23964
23965 ;;;***
23966 \f
23967 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23968 ;;;;;; (17851 10843))
23969 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23970
23971 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23972 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23973 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23974 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23975 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23976 arguments.")
23977
23978 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
23979
23980 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23981 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23982 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23983 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23984 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23985 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23986 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23987 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
23988 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
23989 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
23990 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
23991 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23992 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23993 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23994
23995 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23996 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23997 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23998 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23999 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24000 `default-process-coding-system'.
24001
24002 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24003 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24004 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24005 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24006
24007 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24008
24009 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24010 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24011
24012 ;;;***
24013 \f
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24015 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17851 10860))
24016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24017
24018 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24019 Not documented
24020
24021 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24022
24023 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24024 Not documented
24025
24026 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24027
24028 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24029 Not documented
24030
24031 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24032
24033 ;;;***
24034 \f
24035 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24036 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24038
24039 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24040 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24041 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24042 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24043 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24044
24045 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24046
24047 \(fn)" t nil)
24048
24049 ;;;***
24050 \f
24051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17851 10843))
24052 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24053 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24054
24055 ;;;***
24056 \f
24057 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17851
24058 ;;;;;; 10870))
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24060
24061 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24062 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24063 \\{simula-mode-map}
24064 Variables controlling indentation style:
24065 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24066 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24067 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24068 `simula-indent-level'
24069 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24070 `simula-substatement-offset'
24071 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24072 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24073 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24074 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24075 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24076 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24077 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24078 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24079 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24080 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24081 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24082 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24083 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24084 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24085 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24086 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24087 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24088 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24089 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24090 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24091 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24092 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24093 or nil if they should not be changed.
24094 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24095 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24096 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24097 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24098
24099 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24100 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24101
24102 \(fn)" t nil)
24103
24104 ;;;***
24105 \f
24106 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24107 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17851 10843))
24108 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24109
24110 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24111 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24112
24113 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24114 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24115 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24116 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24117
24118 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24119
24120 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24121 Insert SKELETON.
24122 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24123 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24124 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24125 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24126 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24127
24128 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24129 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24130
24131 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24132
24133 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24134 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24135
24136 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24137 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24138 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24139 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24140
24141 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24142 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24143 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24144 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24145
24146 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24147 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24148 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24149
24150 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24151 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24152
24153 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24154 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24155
24156 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24157 _ interesting point, interregion here
24158 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24159 interesting point set by _
24160 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24161 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24162 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24163 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24164 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24165 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24166 nil skipped
24167
24168 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24169 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24170
24171 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24172 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24173 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24174 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24175 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24176 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24177 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24178 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24179
24180 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24181 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24182 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24183 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24184 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24185 available:
24186
24187 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24188 then: insert previously read string once more
24189 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24190 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24191 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24192
24193 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24194 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24195
24196 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24197
24198 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24199 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24200
24201 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24202 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24203 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24204 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24205 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24206 such as backslash.
24207
24208 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24209 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24210 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24211
24212 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24213
24214 ;;;***
24215 \f
24216 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24217 ;;;;;; (17851 10844))
24218 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24219
24220 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24221 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24222 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24223 buffer names.
24224
24225 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24226
24227 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24228 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24229 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24230
24231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24232
24233 ;;;***
24234 \f
24235 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24236 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
24237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24238
24239 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24240 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24241 A list of images is returned.
24242
24243 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24244
24245 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24246 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24247 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24248
24249 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24250
24251 ;;;***
24252 \f
24253 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24254 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17851 10862))
24255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24256
24257 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24258 Not documented
24259
24260 \(fn)" nil nil)
24261
24262 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24263 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24264
24265 \(fn)" t nil)
24266
24267 ;;;***
24268 \f
24269 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17851 10866))
24270 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24271
24272 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24273 Play the Snake game.
24274 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24275
24276 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24277
24278 Snake mode keybindings:
24279 \\<snake-mode-map>
24280 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24281 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24282 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24283 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24284 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24285 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24286 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24287
24288 \(fn)" t nil)
24289
24290 ;;;***
24291 \f
24292 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24293 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
24294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24295
24296 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24297 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24298 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24299 Tab indents for C code.
24300 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24301 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24302 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24303 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24304 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24305
24306 \(fn)" t nil)
24307
24308 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24309 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24310 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24311 Tab indents for C code.
24312 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24313 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24314 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24315 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24316 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24317
24318 \(fn)" t nil)
24319
24320 ;;;***
24321 \f
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24323 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24324 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17851 10852))
24325 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24326
24327 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24328 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24329
24330 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24331 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24332 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24333
24334 For example, the form
24335
24336 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24337 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24338
24339 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24340
24341 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24342
24343 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24344 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24345
24346 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24347 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24348 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24349 York City.
24350
24351 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24352
24353 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24354
24355 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24356 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24357
24358 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24359 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24360 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24361 York City.
24362
24363 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24364
24365 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24366
24367 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24368 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24369 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24370 pair.
24371
24372 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24373
24374 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24375
24376 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24377 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24378 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24379
24380 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24381 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24382
24383 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24384
24385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24386
24387 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24388 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24389 Requires floating point.
24390
24391 \(fn)" nil nil)
24392
24393 ;;;***
24394 \f
24395 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17851
24396 ;;;;;; 10866))
24397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24398
24399 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24400 Play Solitaire.
24401
24402 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24403 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24404 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24405 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24406 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24407 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24408 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24409 check after each move or undo)
24410
24411 What is Solitaire?
24412
24413 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24414 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24415 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24416
24417 Le Solitaire
24418 ============
24419
24420 o o o
24421
24422 o o o
24423
24424 o o o o o o o
24425
24426 o o o . o o o
24427
24428 o o o o o o o
24429
24430 o o o
24431
24432 o o o
24433
24434 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24435 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24436 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24437 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24438
24439 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24440 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24441 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24442 this: o o .
24443
24444 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24445 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24446
24447 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24448
24449 o o o
24450
24451 . o o
24452
24453 o o . o o o o
24454
24455 o . o o o o o
24456
24457 o o o o o o o
24458
24459 o o o
24460
24461 o o o
24462
24463 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24464
24465 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24466
24467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24468
24469 ;;;***
24470 \f
24471 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24472 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24473 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17851 10844))
24474 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24475
24476 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24477 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24478
24479 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24480 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24481 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24482 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24483 contiguous.
24484
24485 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24486 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24487 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24488 the sort order.
24489
24490 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24491 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24492
24493 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24494 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24495 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24496 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24497 is called.
24498
24499 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24500 It should move point to the end of the record.
24501
24502 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24503 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24504 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24505 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24506 starts at the beginning of the record.
24507
24508 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24509 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24510 same as ENDRECFUN.
24511
24512 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24513 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24514
24515 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24516
24517 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24518 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24519 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24520 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24521 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24522 the sort order.
24523
24524 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24525
24526 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24527 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24528 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24529 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24530 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24531 the sort order.
24532
24533 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24534
24535 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24536 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24537 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24538 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24539 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24540 the sort order.
24541
24542 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24543
24544 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24545 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24546 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24547 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24548 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24549 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24550 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24551 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24552 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24553
24554 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24555
24556 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24557 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24558 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24559 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24560 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24561 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24562 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24563 the sort order.
24564
24565 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24566
24567 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24568 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24569 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24570 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24571 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24572 is to be used for sorting.
24573 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24574 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24575 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24576 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24577 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24578
24579 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24580
24581 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24582 the sort order.
24583
24584 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24585 starting with the letter \"f\",
24586 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24587
24588 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24589
24590 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24591 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24592 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24593 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24594 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24595 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24596 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24597 the sort order.
24598
24599 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24600 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24601 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24602 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24603 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24604
24605 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24606
24607 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24608 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24609 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24610
24611 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24612
24613 ;;;***
24614 \f
24615 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17851
24616 ;;;;;; 10860))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24618
24619 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24620 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24621
24622 \(fn)" t nil)
24623
24624 ;;;***
24625 \f
24626 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24627 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24628 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17851 10860))
24629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24630
24631 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24632 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24633
24634 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24635 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24636 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24637
24638 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24639
24640 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24641 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24642 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24643 server.
24644
24645 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24646
24647 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24648 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24649 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24650
24651 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24652
24653 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24654 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24655 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24656 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24657 Agent is plugged.
24658
24659 \(fn)" t nil)
24660
24661 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24662 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24663 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24664 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24665
24666 \(fn)" t nil)
24667
24668 ;;;***
24669 \f
24670 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24671 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17851 10844))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24673
24674 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24675
24676 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24677 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24678 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24679 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24680 supported at a time.
24681 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24682 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24683
24684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24685
24686 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24687 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24688 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24689 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24690
24691 \(fn)" t nil)
24692
24693 ;;;***
24694 \f
24695 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24696 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17851 10873))
24697 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24698
24699 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24700
24701 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24702 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24703 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24704 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24705 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24706 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24707
24708 \(fn)" t nil)
24709
24710 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24711 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24712 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24713 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24714
24715 \(fn)" t nil)
24716
24717 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24718 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24719 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24720 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24721 for example, \"word\".
24722
24723 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24724
24725 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24726 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24727
24728 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24729
24730 ;;;***
24731 \f
24732 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17851
24733 ;;;;;; 10866))
24734 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24735
24736 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24737 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24738
24739 \(fn)" t nil)
24740
24741 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24742 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24743
24744 \(fn)" nil nil)
24745
24746 ;;;***
24747 \f
24748 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24749 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24750 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24751 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17851
24752 ;;;;;; 10870))
24753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24754
24755 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24756 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24757
24758 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24759 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24760 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24761 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24762 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24763 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24764 of the current highlighting list.
24765
24766 For example:
24767
24768 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24769 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24770
24771 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24772 `_t' as data types.
24773
24774 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24775
24776 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24777 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24778
24779 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24780 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24781
24782 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24783
24784 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24785 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24786 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24787
24788 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24789
24790 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24791 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24792 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24793 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24794 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24795 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24796 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24797 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24798 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24799
24800 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24801
24802 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24803 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24804 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24805 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24806
24807 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24808 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24809 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24810 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24811
24812 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24813 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24814 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24815
24816 \(fn)" t nil)
24817
24818 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24819 Major mode to edit SQL.
24820
24821 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24822 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24823 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24824
24825 \\{sql-mode-map}
24826 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24827
24828 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24829 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24830 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24831 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24832 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24833 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24834
24835 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24836 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24837
24838 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24839 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24840 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24841
24842 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24843 (lambda ()
24844 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24845
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24847
24848 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24849 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24850
24851 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24852 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24853 `*SQL*'.
24854
24855 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24856
24857 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24858
24859 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24860 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24861
24862 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24863 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24864 `*SQL*'.
24865
24866 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24867 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24868 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24869 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24870
24871 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24872 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24873
24874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24875 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24876 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24877 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24879 `default-process-coding-system'.
24880
24881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24882
24883 \(fn)" t nil)
24884
24885 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24886 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24887
24888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24890 `*SQL*'.
24891
24892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24893 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24894 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24895 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24896
24897 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24898 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24899
24900 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24901 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24902 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24903 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24904 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24905 `default-process-coding-system'.
24906
24907 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24908
24909 \(fn)" t nil)
24910
24911 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24912 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24913
24914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24916 `*SQL*'.
24917
24918 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24919 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24920
24921 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24922 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24923
24924 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24925 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24926 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24927 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24928 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24929 `default-process-coding-system'.
24930
24931 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24932
24933 \(fn)" t nil)
24934
24935 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24936 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24937
24938 SQLite is free software.
24939
24940 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24941 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24942 `*SQL*'.
24943
24944 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24945 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24946 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24947 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24948
24949 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24950 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24951
24952 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24953 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24954 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24955 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24956 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24957 `default-process-coding-system'.
24958
24959 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24960
24961 \(fn)" t nil)
24962
24963 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24964 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24965
24966 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24967
24968 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24969 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24970 `*SQL*'.
24971
24972 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24973 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24974 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24975 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24976
24977 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24978 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24979
24980 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24981 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24982 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24983 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24984 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24985 `default-process-coding-system'.
24986
24987 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24988
24989 \(fn)" t nil)
24990
24991 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24992 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24993
24994 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24995 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24996 `*SQL*'.
24997
24998 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24999 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25000 defaults, if set.
25001
25002 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25003 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25004
25005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25007 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25010 `default-process-coding-system'.
25011
25012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25013
25014 \(fn)" t nil)
25015
25016 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25017 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25018
25019 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25020 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25021 `*SQL*'.
25022
25023 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25024 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25025
25026 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25027 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25028
25029 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25030 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25031 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25032 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25033 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25034 `default-process-coding-system'.
25035
25036 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25037
25038 \(fn)" t nil)
25039
25040 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25041 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25042
25043 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25044 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25045 `*SQL*'.
25046
25047 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25048 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25049 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25050 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25051
25052 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25053 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25054
25055 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25056 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25057 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25058 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25059 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25060 `default-process-coding-system'.
25061
25062 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25063
25064 \(fn)" t nil)
25065
25066 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25067 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25068
25069 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25070 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25071 `*SQL*'.
25072
25073 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25074 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25075 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25076 `sql-postgres-options'.
25077
25078 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25079 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25080
25081 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25082 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25083 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25084 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25085 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25086 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25087 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25088 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25089
25090 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25091 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25092
25093 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25094
25095 \(fn)" t nil)
25096
25097 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25098 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25099
25100 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25101 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25102 `*SQL*'.
25103
25104 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25105 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25106 defaults, if set.
25107
25108 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25109 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25110
25111 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25112 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25113 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25114 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25115 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25116 `default-process-coding-system'.
25117
25118 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25119
25120 \(fn)" t nil)
25121
25122 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25123 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25124
25125 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25126 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25127 `*SQL*'.
25128
25129 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25130 automatic login.
25131
25132 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25133 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25134
25135 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25136 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25137 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25138 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25139
25140 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25141 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25142 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25143 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25144 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25145 `default-process-coding-system'.
25146
25147 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25148
25149 \(fn)" t nil)
25150
25151 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25152 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25153
25154 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25155 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25156 `*SQL*'.
25157
25158 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25159 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25160 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25161 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25162 parameters.
25163
25164 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25165 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25166 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25167 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25168 an empty password.
25169
25170 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25171 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25172
25173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25174
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25176
25177 ;;;***
25178 \f
25179 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25180 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25181 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25182 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25183 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17851
25184 ;;;;;; 10844))
25185 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25186
25187 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25188 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25189 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25190 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25191 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25192 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25193
25194 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25195
25196 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25197
25198 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25199 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25200 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25201 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25202 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25203 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25204 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25205
25206 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25207
25208 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25209 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25210 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25211 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25212 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25213 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25214 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25215
25216 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25217
25218 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25219 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25220 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25221
25222 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25223
25224 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25225 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25226 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25227
25228 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25229
25230 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25231 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25232
25233 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25234
25235 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25236 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25237
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25239
25240 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25241 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25242
25243 \(fn)" t nil)
25244
25245 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25246 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25247 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25248 chronologically by command name.
25249 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25250
25251 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25252
25253 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25254 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25255 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25257 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25258 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25259
25260 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25261
25262 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25263 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25264 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25265 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25266 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25267 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25268 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25269
25270 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25271 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25272 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25273 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25274
25275 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25276
25277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25278
25279 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25280 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25281 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25282 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25283
25284 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25285
25286 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25287 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25288
25289 \(fn)" t nil)
25290
25291 ;;;***
25292 \f
25293 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25294 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25295 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25296
25297 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25298 Studlify-case the region.
25299
25300 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25301
25302 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25303 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25304
25305 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25306
25307 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25308 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25309
25310 \(fn)" t nil)
25311
25312 ;;;***
25313 \f
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17851 10844))
25315 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25316
25317 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25318 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25319 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25320 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25321 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25322 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25323
25324 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25325 is used instead of `load-path'.
25326
25327 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25328 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25329 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25330
25331 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25332
25333 ;;;***
25334 \f
25335 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25336 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
25337 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25338
25339 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25340 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25341 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25342 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25343 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25344 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25345 original message but it does require a few things:
25346
25347 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25348
25349 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25350 reply buffer.
25351
25352 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25353 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25354 original message.
25355
25356 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25357
25358 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25359
25360 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25361 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25362 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25363
25364 \(fn)" nil nil)
25365
25366 ;;;***
25367 \f
25368 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17851 10844))
25369 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25370
25371 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25372 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25373 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25376 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25377
25378 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25379
25380 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25381 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25382 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25383
25384 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25385
25386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25387
25388 ;;;***
25389 \f
25390 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17851 10844))
25391 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25392
25393 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25394 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25395 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25396 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25397 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25398
25399 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25400
25401 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25402 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25403 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25404 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25405 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25406 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25407 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25408
25409 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25410
25411 ;;;***
25412 \f
25413 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25414 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25415 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25416 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25417 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25418 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25419 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25420 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25421 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25422 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25423 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25424 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25425 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17851 10873))
25426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25427
25428 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25429 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25430 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25431
25432 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25433
25434 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25435 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25436
25437 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25438
25439 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25440 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25441
25442 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25443
25444 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25445 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25446
25447 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25448
25449 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25450 Insert an editable text table.
25451 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25452 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25453 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25454 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25455 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25456 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25457 delimiting them.
25458
25459 Examples:
25460
25461 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25462
25463 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25464 location of point.
25465
25466 -!-
25467
25468 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25469 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25470 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25471 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25472 first cell.
25473
25474 +-----+-----+-----+
25475 |-!- | | |
25476 +-----+-----+-----+
25477
25478 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25479
25480 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25481 width, which results as
25482
25483 +--------------+-----+-----+
25484 |-!- | | |
25485 +--------------+-----+-----+
25486
25487 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25488 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25489
25490 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25491 | | |-!- |
25492 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25493
25494 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25495 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25496 width information to `table-insert'.
25497
25498 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25499
25500 instead of
25501
25502 Cell width(s): 5
25503
25504 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25505 work all together.
25506
25507 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25508 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25509
25510 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25511 |-!- | | |
25512 | | | |
25513 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25514
25515 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25516
25517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25518 |-!- | | |
25519 | | | |
25520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25521 | | | |
25522 | | | |
25523 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25524
25525 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25526
25527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25528 | | | |
25529 | | | |
25530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25531 | | | |
25532 | | | |
25533 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25534 -!-
25535
25536 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25537 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25538 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25539
25540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25541 | | | |
25542 | | | |
25543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25544 | | | |
25545 | | | |
25546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25547 |-!- | | |
25548 | | | |
25549 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25550
25551 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25552 results.
25553
25554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25555 | | | |
25556 | | | |
25557 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25558 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25559 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25560 | | |expected results.-!- |
25561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25562 | | | |
25563 | | | |
25564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25565
25566 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25567
25568 \\{table-cell-map}
25569
25570 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25571
25572 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25573 Insert N table row(s).
25574 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25575 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25576 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25577 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25578
25579 \(fn N)" t nil)
25580
25581 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25582 Insert N table column(s).
25583 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25584 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25585 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25586 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25587
25588 \(fn N)" t nil)
25589
25590 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25591 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25592 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25593
25594 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25595
25596 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25597 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25598 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25599 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25600 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25601 all the table specific features.
25602
25603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25604
25605 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25606 Not documented
25607
25608 \(fn)" t nil)
25609
25610 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25611 Recognize all tables within region.
25612 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25613 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25614 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25615 specific features.
25616
25617 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25618
25619 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25620 Not documented
25621
25622 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25623
25624 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25625 Recognize a table at point.
25626 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25627 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25628 the table specific features.
25629
25630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25631
25632 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25633 Not documented
25634
25635 \(fn)" t nil)
25636
25637 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25638 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25639 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25640 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25641 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25642 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25643 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25644
25645 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25646
25647 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25648 Not documented
25649
25650 \(fn)" t nil)
25651
25652 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25653 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25654 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25655 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25656 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25657 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25658 specified.
25659
25660 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25661
25662 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25663 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25664 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25665 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25666 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25667 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25668 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25669 table structure.
25670
25671 \(fn N)" t nil)
25672
25673 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25674 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25675 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25676 table's rectangle structure.
25677
25678 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25679
25680 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25681 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25682 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25683 table's rectangle structure.
25684
25685 \(fn N)" t nil)
25686
25687 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25688 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25689 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25690 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25691 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25692
25693 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25694
25695 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25696 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25697 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25698
25699 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25700 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25701 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25702 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25703 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25704 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25705 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25706
25707 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25708 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25709 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25710 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25711 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25712 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25713 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25714
25715 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25716 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25717 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25718 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25719 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25720 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25721 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25722 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25723
25724 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25725
25726 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25727 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25728 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25729 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25730
25731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25732
25733 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25734 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25735 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25736
25737 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25738
25739 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25740 Split current cell vertically.
25741 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25742
25743 \(fn)" t nil)
25744
25745 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25746 Split current cell horizontally.
25747 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25748
25749 \(fn)" t nil)
25750
25751 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25752 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25753 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25754
25755 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25756
25757 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25758 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25759 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25760 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25761
25762 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25763
25764 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25765 Justify cell contents.
25766 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25767 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25768 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25769 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25770
25771 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25772
25773 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25774 Justify cells of a row.
25775 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25776 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25777
25778 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25781 Justify cells of a column.
25782 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25783 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25784
25785 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25786
25787 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25788 Toggle fixing width mode.
25789 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25790 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25791 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25792
25793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25794
25795 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25796 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25797 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25798 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25799 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25800 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25801 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25802 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25803 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25804 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25805 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25806
25807 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25808
25809 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25810 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25811 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25812 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25813 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25814 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25815 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25816 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25817 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25818 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25819 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25820 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25821 untouched.
25822
25823 References used for this implementation:
25824
25825 HTML:
25826 http://www.w3.org
25827
25828 LaTeX:
25829 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25830
25831 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25832 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25833 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25834
25835 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25836
25837 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25838 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25839 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25840 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25841 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25842 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25843 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25844 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25845 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25846 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25847 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25848 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25849 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25850 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25851 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25852 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25853 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25854
25855 Example:
25856
25857 (progn
25858 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25859 (table-forward-cell 15)
25860 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25861 (table-forward-cell 16)
25862 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25863 (table-forward-cell 1)
25864 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25865
25866 (progn
25867 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25868 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25869 (table-forward-cell 1)
25870 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25871
25872 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25873
25874 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25875 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25876 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25877 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25878 consists from cells of same height.
25879
25880 \(fn N)" t nil)
25881
25882 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25883 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25884 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25885 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25886 column must consists from cells of same width.
25887
25888 \(fn N)" t nil)
25889
25890 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25891 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25892 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25893 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25894 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25895 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25896 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25897 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25898 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25899 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25900 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25901 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25902 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25903 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25904 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25905
25906
25907 Example 1:
25908
25909 1, 2, 3, 4
25910 5, 6, 7, 8
25911 , 9, 10
25912
25913 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25914 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25915 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25916 specified as 5.
25917
25918 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25919 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25920 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25921 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25922 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25923 | | 9 | 10 | |
25924 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25925
25926 Note:
25927
25928 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25929 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25930 of each row is optional.
25931
25932
25933 Example 2:
25934
25935 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25936 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25937 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25938 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25939 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25940
25941 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25942 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25943
25944 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25945 expression and raw delimiter regular
25946 expression, it parses the specified text
25947 area and extracts cell items from
25948 non-table text and then forms a table out
25949 of them.
25950
25951 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25952 creates a single cell table. The text in
25953 the specified region is placed in that
25954 cell.-*-
25955
25956 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25957 like this.
25958
25959 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25960 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25961 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25962 | |
25963 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25964 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25965 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25966 | area and extracts cell items from |
25967 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25968 | of them. |
25969 | |
25970 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25971 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25972 | the specified region is placed in that |
25973 | cell. |
25974 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25975
25976 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25977 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25978 independently.
25979
25980 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25981 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25982 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25983 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25984 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25985 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25986 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25987 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25988 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25989 | |of them. |
25990 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25991 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25992 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25993 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25994 | |cell. |
25995 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25996
25997 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25998 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25999 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26000
26001 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26002
26003 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26004 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26005 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26006 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26007 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26008
26009 \(fn)" t nil)
26010
26011 ;;;***
26012 \f
26013 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17851 10845))
26014 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26015
26016 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26017 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26018
26019 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26020
26021 ;;;***
26022 \f
26023 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17851 10845))
26024 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26025
26026 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26027 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26028 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26029 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26030 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26031 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26032 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26033
26034 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26035 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26036 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26037 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26038
26039 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26040 \\{tar-mode-map}
26041
26042 \(fn)" t nil)
26043
26044 ;;;***
26045 \f
26046 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26047 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17851 10870))
26048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26049
26050 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26051 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26052 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26053 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26054 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26055 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26056
26057 Variables controlling indentation style:
26058 `tcl-indent-level'
26059 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26060 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26061 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26062
26063 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26064 documentation for details):
26065 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26066 Controls action of TAB key.
26067 `tcl-auto-newline'
26068 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26069 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26070 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26071 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26072 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26073
26074 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26075 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26076 already exist.
26077
26078 Commands:
26079 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26080
26081 \(fn)" t nil)
26082
26083 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26084 Run inferior Tcl process.
26085 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26086 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26087
26088 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26089
26090 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26091 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26092 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26093
26094 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26095
26096 ;;;***
26097 \f
26098 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17851 10864))
26099 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26100 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26101
26102 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26103 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26104 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26105 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26106
26107 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26108 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26109 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26110 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26111 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26112
26113 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26114 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26115
26116 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26117 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26118 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26119 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26120
26121 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26122
26123 ;;;***
26124 \f
26125 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17851
26126 ;;;;;; 10845))
26127 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26128
26129 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26130 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26131 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26132 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26133 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26134 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26135
26136 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26137
26138 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26139 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26140 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26141 commands to use in that buffer.
26142
26143 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26144
26145 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26146
26147 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26148 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26149
26150 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26151
26152 ;;;***
26153 \f
26154 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17851
26155 ;;;;;; 10845))
26156 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26157
26158 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26159 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26160 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26161 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26162 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26163 program as keyboard input.
26164
26165 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26166 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26167 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26168 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26169
26170 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26171 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26172 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26173 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26174 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26175
26176 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26177
26178 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26179 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26180 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26181 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26182
26183 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26184 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26185 subprocess started.
26186
26187 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26188
26189 ;;;***
26190 \f
26191 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26192 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
26193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26194
26195 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26196 Start coverage on function under point.
26197
26198 \(fn)" t nil)
26199
26200 ;;;***
26201 \f
26202 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17851 10866))
26203 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26204
26205 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26206 Play the Tetris game.
26207 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26208 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26209 as to form complete rows.
26210
26211 tetris-mode keybindings:
26212 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26213 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26214 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26215 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26216 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26217 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26218 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26219 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26220 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26221
26222 \(fn)" t nil)
26223
26224 ;;;***
26225 \f
26226 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26227 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26228 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26229 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26230 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26231 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26232 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26233 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26235
26236 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26237 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26238
26239 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26240
26241 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26242 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26243 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26244 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26245 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26246
26247 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26248
26249 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26250 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26251 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26252 if it matches the first line of the file,
26253 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26254
26255 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26256
26257 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26258 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26259 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26260 if the variable is non-nil.")
26261
26262 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26263
26264 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26265 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26266
26267 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26268
26269 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26270 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26271 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26272 See the documentation of that variable.")
26273
26274 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26275
26276 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26277 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26278 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26279 See the documentation of that variable.")
26280
26281 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26282
26283 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26284 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26285 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26286 See the documentation of that variable.")
26287
26288 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26289
26290 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26291 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26292 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26293 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26294 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26295
26296 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26297
26298 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26299 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26300 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26301 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26302
26303 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26304
26305 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26306 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26307 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26308
26309 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26310
26311 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26312 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26313 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26314 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26315
26316 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26317
26318 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26319 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26320 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26321 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26322
26323 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26324
26325 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26326 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26327 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26328 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26329
26330 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26331 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26332 for example,
26333
26334 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26335 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26336
26337 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26338 use.")
26339
26340 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26341
26342 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26343 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26344 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26345 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26346 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26347
26348 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26349
26350 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26351
26352 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26353 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26354 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26355
26356 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26357
26358 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26359 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26360 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26361 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26362 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26363
26364 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26365
26366 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26367 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26368
26369 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26370
26371 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26372 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26373
26374 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26375
26376 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26377 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26378 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26379 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26380 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26381 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26382 says which mode to use.
26383
26384 \(fn)" t nil)
26385
26386 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26387
26388 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26389
26390 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26391
26392 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26393 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26394 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26395 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26396 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26397
26398 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26399 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26400 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26401 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26402 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26403 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26404 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26405
26406 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26407 mismatched $'s or braces.
26408
26409 Special commands:
26410 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26411
26412 Mode variables:
26413 tex-run-command
26414 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26415 tex-directory
26416 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26417 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26418 tex-dvi-print-command
26419 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26420 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26421 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26422 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26423 tex-dvi-view-command
26424 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26425 tex-show-queue-command
26426 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26427 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26428
26429 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26430 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26431 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26432
26433 \(fn)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26436 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26437 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26438 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26439 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26440
26441 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26442 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26443 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26444 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26445 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26446 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26447 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26448
26449 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26450 mismatched $'s or braces.
26451
26452 Special commands:
26453 \\{latex-mode-map}
26454
26455 Mode variables:
26456 latex-run-command
26457 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26458 tex-directory
26459 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26460 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26461 tex-dvi-print-command
26462 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26463 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26464 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26465 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26466 tex-dvi-view-command
26467 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26468 tex-show-queue-command
26469 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26470 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26471
26472 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26473 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26474 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26475
26476 \(fn)" t nil)
26477
26478 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26479 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26480 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26481 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26482 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26483
26484 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26485 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26486 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26487 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26488 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26489 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26490 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26491
26492 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26493 mismatched $'s or braces.
26494
26495 Special commands:
26496 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26497
26498 Mode variables:
26499 slitex-run-command
26500 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26501 tex-directory
26502 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26503 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26504 tex-dvi-print-command
26505 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26506 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26507 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26508 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26509 tex-dvi-view-command
26510 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26511 tex-show-queue-command
26512 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26513 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26514
26515 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26516 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26517 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26518 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26519
26520 \(fn)" t nil)
26521
26522 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26523 Not documented
26524
26525 \(fn)" nil nil)
26526
26527 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26528 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26529
26530 \(fn)" t nil)
26531
26532 ;;;***
26533 \f
26534 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26535 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17851 10873))
26536 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26537
26538 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26539 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26540 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26541 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26542
26543 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26544 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26545 Info-split to do these manually.
26546
26547 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26548
26549 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26550 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26551 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26552 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26553 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26554
26555 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26556
26557 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26558 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26559 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26560 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26561
26562 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26563 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26564 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26565 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26566
26567 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26568 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26569
26570 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26571
26572 ;;;***
26573 \f
26574 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26575 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17851 10873))
26576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26577
26578 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26579 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26580
26581 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26582
26583 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26584 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26585
26586 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26587
26588 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26589 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26590
26591 It has these extra commands:
26592 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26593
26594 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26595 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26596 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26597 modified version of TeX input format.
26598
26599 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26600 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26601 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26602 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26603
26604 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26605 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26606 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26607 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26608 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26609 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26610 in the Texinfo file.
26611
26612 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26613 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26614 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26615 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26616 move forward past the closing brace.
26617
26618 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26619 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26620
26621 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26622 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26623 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26624
26625 Here are the functions:
26626
26627 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26628 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26629 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26630
26631 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26632 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26633 texinfo-master-menu
26634
26635 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26636
26637 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26638 which menu descriptions are indented.
26639
26640 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26641 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26642 in the region.
26643
26644 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26645 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26646 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26647 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26648
26649 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26650 be the first node in the file.
26651
26652 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26653 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26654
26655 \(fn)" t nil)
26656
26657 ;;;***
26658 \f
26659 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26660 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26661 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26662 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
26663 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26664
26665 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26666 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26667 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26668 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26669
26670 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26671
26672 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26673 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26674
26675 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26676
26677 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26678 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26679
26680 \(fn)" t nil)
26681
26682 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26683 Not documented
26684
26685 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26686
26687 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26688 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26689 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26690 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26691 to compose.
26692
26693 The return value is number of composed characters.
26694
26695 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26696
26697 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26698 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26699
26700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26701
26702 ;;;***
26703 \f
26704 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26705 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26706 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17851 10845))
26707 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26708
26709 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26710 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26711
26712 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26713
26714 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26715 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26716 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26717 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26718 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26719
26720 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26721 a symbol as a valid THING.
26722
26723 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26724 of the textual entity that was found.
26725
26726 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26727
26728 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26729 Return the THING at point.
26730 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26731 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26732 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26733
26734 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26735 a symbol as a valid THING.
26736
26737 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26738
26739 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26740 Not documented
26741
26742 \(fn)" nil nil)
26743
26744 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26745 Not documented
26746
26747 \(fn)" nil nil)
26748
26749 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26750 Not documented
26751
26752 \(fn)" nil nil)
26753
26754 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26755 Not documented
26756
26757 \(fn)" nil nil)
26758
26759 ;;;***
26760 \f
26761 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26762 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26763 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
26764 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26765
26766 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26767 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26768
26769 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26770
26771 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26772 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26773 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26774 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26775
26776 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26777
26778 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26779 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26780
26781 \(fn)" t nil)
26782
26783 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26784 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26785
26786 \(fn)" t nil)
26787
26788 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26789
26790 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26791 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26792
26793 \(fn)" t nil)
26794
26795 ;;;***
26796 \f
26797 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26798 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26799 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26800 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26801 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26802 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17851 10861))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26804
26805 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26806 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26807 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26808
26809 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26810
26811 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26812 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26813
26814 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26815
26816 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26817 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26818 The returned string has no composition information.
26819
26820 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26821
26822 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26823 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26824
26825 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26826
26827 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26828 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26829
26830 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26831
26832 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26833 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26834 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26835 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26836
26837 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26838
26839 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26840 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26841 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26842 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26843
26844 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26845
26846 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26847 Not documented
26848
26849 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26850
26851 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26852 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26853 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26854
26855 \(fn)" t nil)
26856
26857 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26858 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26859 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26860
26861 \(fn)" t nil)
26862
26863 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26864 Not documented
26865
26866 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26867
26868 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26869 Not documented
26870
26871 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26872
26873 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26874 Not documented
26875
26876 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26877
26878 ;;;***
26879 \f
26880 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26881 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26882 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26883
26884 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26885 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26886 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26887 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26888 parameters.
26889 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26890
26891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26892
26893 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26894 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26895 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26896 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26897 parameters.
26898 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26899
26900 \(fn)" t nil)
26901
26902 ;;;***
26903 \f
26904 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26905 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17851 10845))
26906 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26907
26908 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26909 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26910
26911 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26912
26913 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26914 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26915 This display updates automatically every minute.
26916 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26917 are displayed as well.
26918 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26919
26920 \(fn)" t nil)
26921
26922 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26923 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26924 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26927 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26928
26929 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26930
26931 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26932 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26933 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26934
26935 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26936 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26937 are displayed as well.
26938 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26939
26940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26941
26942 ;;;***
26943 \f
26944 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26945 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26946 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26947 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17851
26948 ;;;;;; 10852))
26949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26950
26951 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26952 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26953
26954 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26955
26956 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26957 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26958 You can use `float-time' instead.
26959
26960 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26961
26962 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26963 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26964
26965 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26966
26967 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26968 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26969
26970 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26971
26972 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26973 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26974
26975 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26976
26977 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26978 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26979 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26980
26981 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26982
26983 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26984
26985 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26986 Subtract two time values.
26987 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26988
26989 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26990
26991 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26992 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26993
26994 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26995
26996 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26997 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26998 DATE should be a date-time string.
26999
27000 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27001
27002 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27003 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27004 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27005
27006 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27007
27008 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27009 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27010
27011 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27012
27013 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27014 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27015
27016 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27017
27018 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27019 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27020 TIME should be a time value.
27021 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27022
27023 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27024
27025 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27026 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27027 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27028
27029 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27030
27031 ;;;***
27032 \f
27033 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27034 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17851 10845))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27036 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27037 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27038 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27039 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27040 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27041 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27042 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27043
27044 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27045 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27046 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27047 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27048 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27049 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27050 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27051 look like one of the following:
27052 Time-stamp: <>
27053 Time-stamp: \" \"
27054 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27055 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27056 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27057 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27058 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27059 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27060 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27061 the template.
27062
27063 \(fn)" t nil)
27064
27065 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27066 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27067 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27068
27069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27070
27071 ;;;***
27072 \f
27073 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27074 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27075 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27076 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27077 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
27078 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27079
27080 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27081 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27082 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27083 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27084 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27085 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27086 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27087 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27088 display (non-nil means on).
27089
27090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27091
27092 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27093 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27094 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27095 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27096 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27097 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27098 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27099 this function is called within a day.
27100
27101 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27102 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27103 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27104 discover the name of the project.
27105
27106 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27107
27108 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27109 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27110 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27111 begun during the last time segment.
27112
27113 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27114 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27115 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27116 discover the reason.
27117
27118 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27119
27120 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27121 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27122 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27123 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27124 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27125
27126 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27127
27128 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27129 Change to working on a different project.
27130 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27131 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27132 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27133 working on.
27134
27135 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27136
27137 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27138 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27139 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27140
27141 \(fn)" nil nil)
27142
27143 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27144 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27145 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27146
27147 \(fn)" t nil)
27148
27149 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27150 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27151 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27152 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27153 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27154 \"relative to today\".
27155
27156 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27157
27158 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27159 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27160 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27161 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27162
27163 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27164
27165 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27166 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27167 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27168 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27169 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27170 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27171
27172 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27173
27174 ;;;***
27175 \f
27176 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27177 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27178 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17851 10853))
27179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27180
27181 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27182
27183 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27184 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27185
27186 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27187
27188 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27189 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27190 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27191 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27192
27193 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27194
27195 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27196 Perform an action at time TIME.
27197 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27198 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27199 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27200 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27201 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27202 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27203
27204 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27205
27206 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27207
27208 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27209 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27210 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27211 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27212 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27213
27214 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27215
27216 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27217
27218 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27219 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27220 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27221 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27222
27223 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27224
27225 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27226 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27227 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27228 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27229 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27230 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27231 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27232
27233 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27234 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27235
27236 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27237
27238 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27239 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27240
27241 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27242 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27243 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27244 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27245 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27246 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27247 be detected.
27248
27249 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27250
27251 ;;;***
27252 \f
27253 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27254 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17851 10861))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27256
27257 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27258 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27259 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27260 the generated Quail package is saved.
27261
27262 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27263
27264 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27265 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27266 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27267 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27268 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27269 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27270 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27271
27272 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27273
27274 ;;;***
27275 \f
27276 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27277 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17851
27278 ;;;;;; 10861))
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27280
27281 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27282 Not documented
27283
27284 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27285
27286 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27287 Not documented
27288
27289 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27290
27291 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27292 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27293 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27294 PATTERN regexp.
27295
27296 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27297
27298 ;;;***
27299 \f
27300 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27301 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17851 10845))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27303 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27304 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27305 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27306
27307 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27308 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27309 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27310 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27311 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27312
27313 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27314
27315 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27316 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27317 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27318 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27319 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27320
27321 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27322
27323 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27324 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27325 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27326 in the menu in two ways:
27327 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27328 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27329 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27330
27331 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27332 keymap or an alist of alists.
27333 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27334 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27335
27336 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27337
27338 ;;;***
27339 \f
27340 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27341 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27342 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17851 10852))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27344
27345 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27346 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27347
27348 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27349
27350 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27351 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27352
27353 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27354
27355 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27356 Insert new TODO list entry.
27357 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27358 category.
27359
27360 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27361
27362 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27363 List top priorities for each category.
27364
27365 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27366 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27367
27368 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27369 between each category.
27370
27371 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27372
27373 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27374 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27375 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27376 between each category.
27377
27378 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27379
27380 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27381
27382 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27383 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27384
27385 \\{todo-mode-map}
27386
27387 \(fn)" t nil)
27388
27389 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27390 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27391
27392 \(fn)" nil nil)
27393
27394 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27395 Show TODO list.
27396
27397 \(fn)" t nil)
27398
27399 ;;;***
27400 \f
27401 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27402 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27403 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27405
27406 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27407
27408 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27409 Add an item to the tool bar.
27410 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27411 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27412 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27413 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27414
27415 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27416 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27417 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27418 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27419
27420 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27421 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27422
27423 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27424
27425 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27426 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27427 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27428 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27429 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27430 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27431
27432 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27433 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27434 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27435 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27436
27437 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27438
27439 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27440 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27441 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27442 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27443 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27444 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27445 properties to add to the binding.
27446
27447 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27448
27449 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27450 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27451
27452 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27453
27454 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27455 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27456 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27457 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27458 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27459 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27460 properties to add to the binding.
27461
27462 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27463 holds a keymap.
27464
27465 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27466
27467 ;;;***
27468 \f
27469 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27470 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27472
27473 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27474 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27475 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27476 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27477 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27478 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27479
27480 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27481
27482 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27483 TPU/edt emulation.
27484
27485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27486
27487 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27488
27489 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27490 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27491
27492 \(fn)" t nil)
27493
27494 ;;;***
27495 \f
27496 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27497 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17851 10853))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27499
27500 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27501 Set scroll margins.
27502
27503 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27504
27505 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27506 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27507
27508 \(fn)" t nil)
27509
27510 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27511 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27512
27513 \(fn)" t nil)
27514
27515 ;;;***
27516 \f
27517 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17851 10853))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27519
27520 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27521 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27522 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27523 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27524 to a tcp server on another machine.
27525
27526 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27527
27528 ;;;***
27529 \f
27530 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27531 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17851 10853))
27532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27533
27534 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27535 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27536
27537 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27538
27539 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27540 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27541 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27542 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27543 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27544 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27545 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27546 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27547
27548 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27549
27550 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27551 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27552 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27553 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27554 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27555 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27556 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27557 the window or buffer configuration.
27558
27559 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27560
27561 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27562
27563 ;;;***
27564 \f
27565 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27566 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27567 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27568 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17851 10865))
27569 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27570
27571 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27572 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27573 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27574
27575 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27576 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27577 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27578 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27579
27580 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27581 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27582 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27583 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27584
27585 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27586 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27587 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27588 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27589 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27590 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27591 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27592 files which are not really tramp files.
27593
27594 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27595 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27596 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27597 updated after changing this variable.
27598
27599 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27600
27601 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27602
27603 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27604 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27605 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27606 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27607
27608 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27609 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27610 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27611 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27612
27613 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27614 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27615 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27616
27617 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27618 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27619 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27620 updated after changing this variable.
27621
27622 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27623
27624 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27625
27626 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27627 Alist of completion handler functions.
27628 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27629 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27630 normal Emacs functions.")
27631
27632 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27633 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27634 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27635 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27636
27637 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27638 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27639 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27640 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27641
27642 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27643 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27644 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27645
27646 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27647
27648 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27649 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27650 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27651
27652 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27653 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27654 (add-hook
27655 'after-init-hook
27656 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27657
27658 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27659 Not documented
27660
27661 \(fn)" nil nil)
27662
27663 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27664 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27665
27666 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27667
27668 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27669 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27670
27671 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27672
27673 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27674 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27675
27676 \(fn)" t nil)
27677
27678 ;;;***
27679 \f
27680 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27681 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
27682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27683
27684 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27685 Not documented
27686
27687 \(fn)" nil nil)
27688
27689 ;;;***
27690 \f
27691 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27692 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27693 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27694 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27695 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27696 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17851
27697 ;;;;;; 10847))
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27699
27700 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27701 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27702
27703 \(fn)" t nil)
27704
27705 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27706 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27707
27708 Convenience command that:
27709
27710 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27711 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27712 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27713
27714 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27715 image files in dired and type
27716 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27717
27718 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27719
27720 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27721 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27722
27723 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27724
27725 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27726 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27727 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27728 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27729 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27730 another one).
27731
27732 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27733 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27734 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27735
27736 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27737 instead of erasing it first.
27738
27739 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27740 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27741 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27742 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27743 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27744 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27745
27746 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27747
27748 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27749 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27750 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27751 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27752 displayed.
27753
27754 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27755
27756 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27757
27758 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27759 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27760
27761 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27762
27763 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27764 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27765 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27766
27767 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27768
27769 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27770 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27771
27772 \(fn)" t nil)
27773
27774 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27775 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27776 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27777 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27778
27779 \(fn)" t nil)
27780
27781 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27782 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27783
27784 \(fn)" t nil)
27785
27786 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27787 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27788
27789 \(fn)" t nil)
27790
27791 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27792 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27793
27794 \(fn)" t nil)
27795
27796 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27797 Display current image file.
27798 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27799 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27800
27801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27802
27803 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27804 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27805
27806 \(fn)" t nil)
27807
27808 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27809 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27810 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27811 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27812 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27813 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27814 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27815
27816 \(fn)" t nil)
27817
27818 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27819 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27820 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27821 easy-to-use form.
27822
27823 \(fn)" t nil)
27824
27825 ;;;***
27826 \f
27827 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17851
27828 ;;;;;; 10847))
27829 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27830
27831 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27832 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27833 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27834 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27835 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27836 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27837 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27838 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27839
27840 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27841 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27842 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27843
27844 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27845 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27846 resumed later.
27847
27848 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27849
27850 ;;;***
27851 \f
27852 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27853 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17851 10873))
27854 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27855 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27856 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27857 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27858
27859 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27860 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27861 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27862 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27863 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27864 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27865 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27866
27867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27868
27869 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27870 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27871 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27872 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27873
27874 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27875
27876 \(fn)" t nil)
27877
27878 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27879 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27880 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27881 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27882 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27883 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27884 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27885
27886 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27887 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27888
27889 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27890 \\___/\\
27891 / \\
27892 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27893
27894 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27895
27896 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27897
27898 ;;;***
27899 \f
27900 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27901 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27902 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27903 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27904 ;;;;;; (17851 10847))
27905 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27906
27907 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27908 Toggle typing break mode.
27909 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27911 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27912
27913 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27914
27915 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27916 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27917
27918 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27919
27920 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27921 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27922
27923 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27924 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27925 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27926
27927 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27928 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27929
27930 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27931
27932 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27933 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27934
27935 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27936 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27937 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27938 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27939
27940 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27941
27942 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27943 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27944 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27945
27946 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27947 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27948 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27949 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27950 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27951 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27952
27953 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27954 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27955 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27956 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27957
27958 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27959 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27960
27961 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27962 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27963
27964 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
27965
27966 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27967 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27968 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27969
27970 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27971 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27972 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27973 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27974 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27975 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27976 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27977
27978 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27979 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27980
27981 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27982 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27983 reset the keystroke counter.
27984
27985 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27986 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27987 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27988 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27989
27990 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27991 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27992 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27993 `type-break-schedule' command.
27994
27995 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27996 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27997 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27998 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27999 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28000 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28001 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28002 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28003 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28004
28005 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28006 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28007 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28008 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28009 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28010
28011 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28012 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28013 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28014 approximate good values for this.
28015
28016 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28017 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28018
28019 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28020 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28021 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28022 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28023 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28024 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28025
28026 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28027 a typing break occur. They include:
28028
28029 `type-break-query-mode'
28030 `type-break-query-function'
28031 `type-break-query-interval'
28032
28033 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28034
28035 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28036 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28037 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28038 problems.
28039
28040 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28041
28042 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28043 Take a typing break.
28044
28045 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28046 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28047
28048 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28049 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28050
28051 \(fn)" t nil)
28052
28053 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28054 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28055 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28056 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28057
28058 \(fn)" t nil)
28059
28060 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28061 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28062
28063 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28064 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28065 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28066 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28067 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28068 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28069 average typing speed.)
28070
28071 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28072 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28073 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28074 the computed maximum threshold.
28075
28076 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28077 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28078 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28079 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28080 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28081
28082 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28083
28084 ;;;***
28085 \f
28086 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28087 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17851 10873))
28088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28089
28090 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28091 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28092 Works by overstriking underscores.
28093 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28094 which specify the range to operate on.
28095
28096 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28097
28098 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28099 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28100 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28101 which specify the range to operate on.
28102
28103 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28104
28105 ;;;***
28106 \f
28107 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28108 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17851 10862))
28109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28110
28111 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28112 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28113 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28114
28115 \(fn)" t nil)
28116
28117 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28118 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28119 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28120 following the containing message.
28121
28122 \(fn)" t nil)
28123
28124 ;;;***
28125 \f
28126 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28127 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28129
28130 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28131 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28132 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28133 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28134 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28135 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28136
28137 \(fn)" nil nil)
28138
28139 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28140 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28141
28142 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28143
28144 ;;;***
28145 \f
28146 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17851
28147 ;;;;;; 10853))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28149
28150 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28151 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28152 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28153 of symbols with local bindings.
28154
28155 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28156
28157 ;;;***
28158 \f
28159 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28160 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17851 10875))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28162
28163 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28164 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28165 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28166
28167 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28168 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28169 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28170 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28171 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28172 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28173
28174 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28175 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28176 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28177
28178 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28179 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28180 the callback is not called).
28181
28182 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28183 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28184 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28185 take effect.
28186
28187 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28188
28189 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28190 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28191 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28192 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28193 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28194
28195 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28196
28197 ;;;***
28198 \f
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28200 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17851 10873))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28202
28203 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28204 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28205 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28206
28207 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28208 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28209 `url-generic-parse-url'
28210 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28211 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28212 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28213 realm
28214 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28215 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28216 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28217 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28218 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28219 what type of auth to use
28220 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28221 if one cannot be found in the cache
28222
28223 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28224
28225 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28226 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28227
28228 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28229 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28230 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28231 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28232 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28233 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28234 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28235 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28236
28237 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28238
28239 ;;;***
28240 \f
28241 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28242 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17851
28243 ;;;;;; 10873))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28245
28246 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28247 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28248
28249 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28250
28251 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28252 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28253
28254 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28255
28256 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28257 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28258
28259 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28260
28261 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28262 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28263
28264 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28265
28266 ;;;***
28267 \f
28268 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17851 10873))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28270
28271 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28272 Not documented
28273
28274 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28275
28276 ;;;***
28277 \f
28278 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28279 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17851 10873))
28280 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28281
28282 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28283 Not documented
28284
28285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28286
28287 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28288 Not documented
28289
28290 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28291
28292 ;;;***
28293 \f
28294 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17851
28295 ;;;;;; 10873))
28296 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28297
28298 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28299 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28300
28301 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28302
28303 ;;;***
28304 \f
28305 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28306 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17851 10873))
28307 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28308
28309 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28310 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28311
28312 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28313
28314 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28315 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28316 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28317 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28318 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28319
28320 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28321
28322 ;;;***
28323 \f
28324 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28325 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17851
28326 ;;;;;; 10873))
28327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28328
28329 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28330 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28331 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28334 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28335
28336 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28337
28338 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28339 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28340
28341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28342
28343 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28344 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28345 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28346 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28347 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28348 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28349 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28350 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28351 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28352
28353 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28354
28355 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28356 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28357 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28358 accessible.
28359
28360 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28361
28362 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28363 Not documented
28364
28365 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28366
28367 ;;;***
28368 \f
28369 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28370 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17851 10873))
28371 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28372
28373 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28374 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28375 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28376 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28377 CBARGS as the arguments.
28378
28379 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28380
28381 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28382 Not documented
28383
28384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28385
28386 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28387
28388 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28389 Not documented
28390
28391 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28392
28393 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28394 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28395 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28396
28397 Property list members:
28398
28399 methods
28400 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28401 supports.
28402
28403 dav
28404 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28405 supported.
28406
28407 dasl
28408 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28409
28410 ranges
28411 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28412
28413 p3p
28414 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28415 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28416 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28417 Emacs/W3.
28418
28419 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28420
28421 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28422 Default HTTPS port.")
28423
28424 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28425 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28426
28427 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28428 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28429 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28430 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28431 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28432
28433 ;;;***
28434 \f
28435 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17851 10873))
28436 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28437
28438 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28439 Not documented
28440
28441 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28442
28443 ;;;***
28444 \f
28445 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17851
28446 ;;;;;; 10873))
28447 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28448
28449 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28450 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28451 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28452 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28453 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28454
28455 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28456
28457 ;;;***
28458 \f
28459 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28460 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28462
28463 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28464 Not documented
28465
28466 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28467
28468 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28469 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28470
28471 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28472
28473 ;;;***
28474 \f
28475 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28476 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17851 10874))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28478
28479 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28480 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28481
28482 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28483
28484 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28485 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28486
28487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28488
28489 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28490 Not documented
28491
28492 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28493
28494 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28495
28496 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28497
28498 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28499
28500 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28501 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28502
28503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28504
28505 ;;;***
28506 \f
28507 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28508 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28510
28511 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28512 Not documented
28513
28514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28515
28516 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28517 Not documented
28518
28519 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28520
28521 ;;;***
28522 \f
28523 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28524 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28525 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28526 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28527
28528 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28529 Not documented
28530
28531 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28532
28533 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28534 Not documented
28535
28536 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28537
28538 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28539 Not documented
28540
28541 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28542
28543 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28544 Not documented
28545
28546 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28547
28548 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28549 Not documented
28550
28551 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28552
28553 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28554 Not documented
28555
28556 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28557
28558 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28559 Not documented
28560
28561 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28562
28563 ;;;***
28564 \f
28565 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28566 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17851 10874))
28567 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28568
28569 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28570 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28571
28572 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28573
28574 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28575 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28576 Format is:
28577 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28578
28579 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28580
28581 ;;;***
28582 \f
28583 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28584 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28586
28587 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28588 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28589
28590 \(fn)" t nil)
28591
28592 ;;;***
28593 \f
28594 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28595 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28596 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28597 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28598 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28599 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28600 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28601 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28602
28603 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28604 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28605 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28606
28607 If t, all messages will be logged.
28608 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28609 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28610
28611 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28612
28613 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28614 Not documented
28615
28616 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28617
28618 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28619 Not documented
28620
28621 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28622
28623 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28624 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28625 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28626 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28627 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28628 & ==> &amp;
28629 < ==> &lt;
28630 > ==> &gt;
28631 \" ==> &quot;
28632
28633 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28634
28635 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28636 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28637 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28638
28639 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28640
28641 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28642 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28643 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28644
28645 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28646
28647 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28648 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28649
28650 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28651
28652 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28653 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28654
28655 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28656
28657 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28658 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28659
28660 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28661
28662 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28663 Not documented
28664
28665 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28666
28667 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28668 Not documented
28669
28670 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28671
28672 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28673 Not documented
28674
28675 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28676
28677 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28678 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28679
28680 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28681
28682 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28683 Not documented
28684
28685 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28686
28687 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28688 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28689 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28690 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28691 forbidden in URL encoding.
28692
28693 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28694
28695 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28696 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28697 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28698 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28699 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28700 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28701
28702 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28703
28704 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28705 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28706 If optional variable X is t,
28707 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28708
28709 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28710
28711 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28712 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28713 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28714
28715 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28716
28717 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28718 View the current document's URL.
28719 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28720 the minibuffer.
28721
28722 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28723
28724 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28725
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28729 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17851 10848))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28731
28732 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28733 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28734 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28735 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28736 to refrain from editing the file
28737 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28738 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28739 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28740 in any way you like.
28741
28742 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28743
28744 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28745 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28746 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28747 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28748 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28749
28750 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28751 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28752
28753 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28754
28755 ;;;***
28756 \f
28757 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28758 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28759 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28761
28762 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28763 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28764 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28765 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28766
28767 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28768
28769 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28770 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28771 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28772
28773 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28774
28775 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28776 Uudecode region between START and END.
28777 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28778
28779 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28780
28781 ;;;***
28782 \f
28783 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28784 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28785 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28786 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28787 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28788 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28789 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17851 10849))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28791
28792 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28793 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28794 See `run-hooks'.")
28795
28796 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28797
28798 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28799 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28800 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28801
28802 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28803
28804 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28805 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28806 See `run-hooks'.")
28807
28808 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28809
28810 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28811 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28812
28813 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28814
28815 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28816 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28817
28818 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28819
28820 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28821 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28822 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28823 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28824 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28825 somebody else, signal error.
28826
28827 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28828
28829 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28830 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28831 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28832 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28833 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28834
28835 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28836
28837 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28838 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28839 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28840 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28841 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28842 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28843 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28844 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28845 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28846 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28847 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28848 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28849
28850 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28851
28852 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28853 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28854
28855 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28856 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28857
28858 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28859 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28860 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28861 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28862 lock steals will raise an error.
28863
28864 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28865
28866 For RCS and SCCS files:
28867 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28868 control.
28869 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28870 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28871 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28872 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28873 it performs a revert.
28874 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28875 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28876 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28877 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28878 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28879 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28880 the option to steal the lock.
28881
28882 For CVS files:
28883 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28884 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28885 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28886 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28887 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28888 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28889 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28890 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28891 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28892
28893 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28894
28895 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28896 Register the current file into a version control system.
28897 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28898 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28899
28900 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28901 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28902 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28903 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28904 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28905 first backend that could register the file is used.
28906
28907 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28908
28909 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28910 Display diffs between file versions.
28911 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28912 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28913 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28914 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28915 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28916 saving the buffer.
28917
28918 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28919
28920 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28921 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28922 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28923 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28924
28925 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28926
28927 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28928 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28929 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28930 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28931
28932 \(fn)" t nil)
28933
28934 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28935 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28936 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28937 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28938 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28939 from the current branch.
28940
28941 See Info node `Merging'.
28942
28943 \(fn)" t nil)
28944
28945 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28946
28947 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28948 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28949
28950 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28951
28952 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28953 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28954
28955 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28956
28957 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28958 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28959 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28960 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28961 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28962 are checked out in that new branch.
28963
28964 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28965
28966 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28967 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28968 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28969 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28970 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28971 allowed and simply skipped).
28972
28973 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28974
28975 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28976 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28977 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28978
28979 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28980
28981 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28982 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28983 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28984 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28985 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28986
28987 \(fn)" t nil)
28988
28989 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28990 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28991 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28992 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28993 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28994 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28995
28996 \(fn)" t nil)
28997
28998 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28999 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29000 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29001
29002 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29003
29004 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29005 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29006 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29007 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29008 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29009 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29010 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29011
29012 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29013
29014 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29015 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29016 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29017 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29018 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29019 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29020 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29021 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29022 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29023
29024 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29025
29026 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29027 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29028
29029 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29030
29031 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29032 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29033 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29034 directory.
29035
29036 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29037
29038 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29039 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29040 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29041
29042 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29043 log entries should be gathered.
29044
29045 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29046
29047 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29048 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29049
29050 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29051 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29052 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29053 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29054 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29055 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29056
29057 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29058 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29059 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29060 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29061 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29062 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29063 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29064 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29065
29066 Customization variables:
29067
29068 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29069 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29070 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29071 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29072
29073 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29074
29075 ;;;***
29076 \f
29077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17851 10848))
29078 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29079 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29080 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29081 (progn
29082 (load "vc-arch")
29083 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29084
29085 ;;;***
29086 \f
29087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17851 10848))
29088 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29089 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29090 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29091 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29092 (load "vc-cvs")
29093 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29094
29095 ;;;***
29096 \f
29097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17851 10848))
29098 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29099 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29100 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29101 (progn
29102 (load "vc-mcvs")
29103 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29104
29105 ;;;***
29106 \f
29107 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29108 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29109 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29110
29111 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29112 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29113 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29114
29115 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29116 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29117
29118 ;;;***
29119 \f
29120 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29121 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29123
29124 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29125 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29126 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29127
29128 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29129 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29130
29131 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29132 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29133 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29134 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29135
29136 ;;;***
29137 \f
29138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17851 10848))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29140 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29141 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29142 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29143 "_svn")
29144 (t ".svn"))))
29145 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29146 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29147 (file-name-directory f)))
29148 (load "vc-svn")
29149 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29150
29151 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29152
29153 ;;;***
29154 \f
29155 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29156 ;;;;;; (17851 10871))
29157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29158
29159 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29160 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29161
29162 Usage:
29163 ------
29164
29165 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29166 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29167 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29168 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29169 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29170 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29171 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29172 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29173 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29174
29175 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29176 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29177 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29178 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29179
29180 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29181 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29182 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29183 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29184 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29185
29186 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29187 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29188
29189
29190 HEADER INSERTION:
29191 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29192 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29193 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29194
29195
29196 STUTTERING:
29197 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29198 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29199 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29200 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29201
29202 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29203 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29204 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29205 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29206 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29207
29208
29209 WORD COMPLETION:
29210 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29211 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29212 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29213 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29214
29215 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29216 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29217 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29218 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29219 beginning with \"std\").
29220
29221 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29222 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29223 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29224 stop.
29225
29226
29227 COMMENTS:
29228 `--' puts a single comment.
29229 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29230 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29231 with a comment in between.
29232 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29233 out following lines.
29234 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29235 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29236
29237 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29238 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29239 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29240 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29241 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29242 non-nil.
29243
29244 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29245 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29246 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29247 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29248 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29249 multi-line comments.
29250
29251
29252 INDENTATION:
29253 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29254 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29255 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29256 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29257
29258 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29259 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29260 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29261 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29262
29263 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29264 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29265 and vice versa.
29266
29267 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29268 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29269
29270
29271 ALIGNMENT:
29272 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29273 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29274 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29275 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29276 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29277 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29278 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29279 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29280
29281 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29282 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29283 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29284 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29285 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29286 is non-nil.
29287
29288 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29289 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29290 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29291
29292 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29293 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29294
29295
29296 CODE FILLING:
29297 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29298 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29299 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29300 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29301 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29302 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29303
29304
29305 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29306 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29307 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29308 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29309 command:
29310
29311 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29312
29313
29314 PORT TRANSLATION:
29315 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29316 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29317 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29318 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29319 internal signal initializations (menu).
29320
29321 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29322 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29323 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29324
29325 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29326 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29327 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29328 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29329 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29330 in subsequent paste operations.)
29331
29332 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29333 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29334 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29335
29336
29337 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29338 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29339 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29340 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29341 association list with formals).
29342
29343
29344 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29345 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29346 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29347 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29348 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29349 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29350 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29351 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29352 `vhdl-testbench'.
29353
29354
29355 KEY BINDINGS:
29356 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29357
29358
29359 VHDL MENU:
29360 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29361
29362
29363 FILE BROWSER:
29364 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29365 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29366 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29367
29368 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29369 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29370
29371
29372 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29373 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29374 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29375 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29376
29377 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29378 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29379 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29380
29381 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29382 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29383 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29384 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29385
29386 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29387 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29388 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29389 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29390 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29391
29392 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29393 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29394 required by secondary units.
29395
29396
29397 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29398 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29399 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29400 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29401 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29402 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29403 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29404 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29405 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29406 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29407 inputs to this component -> input port created
29408 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29409 outputs from this component -> output port created
29410 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29411 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29412
29413 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29414 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29415 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29416 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29417 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29418
29419 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29420 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29421
29422 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29423 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29424 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29425 component instantiation is also supported (option
29426 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29427
29428 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29429 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29430 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29431 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29432 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29433 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29434 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29435 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29436 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29437 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29438 | generating the configuration.
29439 |
29440 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29441 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29442 | configurations in speedbar.
29443
29444 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29445
29446
29447 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29448 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29449 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29450 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29451 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29452 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29453 information. New compilers can be added.
29454
29455 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29456 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29457
29458
29459 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29460 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29461 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29462 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29463 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29464
29465 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29466 command:
29467
29468 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29469 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29470 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29471
29472 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29473 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29474 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29475 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29476 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29477 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29478 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29479
29480 Limitations:
29481 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29482 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29483 not (yet) supported.
29484 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29485 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29486 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29487
29488
29489 PROJECTS:
29490 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29491 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29492 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29493 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29494 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29495 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29496 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29497 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29498
29499 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29500 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29501 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29502 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29503 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29504 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29505 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29506 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29507 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29508 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29509 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29510
29511
29512 SPECIAL MENUES:
29513 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29514 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29515 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29516 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29517 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29518 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29519 current directory for VHDL source files.
29520
29521
29522 VHDL STANDARDS:
29523 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29524 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29525
29526
29527 KEYWORD CASE:
29528 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29529 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29530 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29531 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29532 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29533 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29534 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29535 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29536
29537
29538 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29539 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29540 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29541 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29542 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29543 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29544 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29545
29546 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29547 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29548 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29549 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29550 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29551 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29552
29553 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29554 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29555 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29556 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29557 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29558 visually.
29559
29560 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29561 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29562 highlighted if written in lower case.
29563
29564 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29565 highlighted using a different background color if option
29566 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29567
29568 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29569 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29570 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29571 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29572 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29573
29574
29575 USER MODELS:
29576 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29577 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29578 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29579
29580
29581 HIDE/SHOW:
29582 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29583 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29584 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29585 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29586 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29587
29588
29589 CODE UPDATING:
29590 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29591 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29592 Limitations:
29593 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29594 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29595 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29596 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29597 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29598 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29599 (used to obtain the port names).
29600
29601
29602 CODE FIXING:
29603 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29604 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29605
29606
29607 PRINTING:
29608 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29609 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29610 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29611 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29612 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29613 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29614 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29615 printers.
29616
29617
29618 OPTIONS:
29619 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29620 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29621 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29622 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29623 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29624
29625 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29626 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29627 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29628 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29629 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29630 INSTALL file).
29631
29632 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29633 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29634
29635
29636 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29637 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29638 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29639 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29640
29641 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29642
29643
29644 HINTS:
29645 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29646 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29647
29648 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29649
29650 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29651
29652 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29653
29654
29655 RELEASE NOTES:
29656 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29657
29658
29659 Maintenance:
29660 ------------
29661
29662 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29663 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29664
29665 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29666
29667 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29668 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29669 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29670 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29671
29672 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29673 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29674 where the latest version can be found.
29675
29676
29677 Known problems:
29678 ---------------
29679
29680 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29681 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29682 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29683
29684
29685 The VHDL Mode Authors
29686 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29687
29688 Key bindings:
29689 -------------
29690
29691 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29692
29693 \(fn)" t nil)
29694
29695 ;;;***
29696 \f
29697 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17806 44346))
29698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29699
29700 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29701 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29702 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29703 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29704
29705 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29706 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29707 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29708 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29709 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29710
29711 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29712 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29713
29714 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29715
29716 * Limitations and unsupported features
29717 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29718 not supported.
29719 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29720 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29721
29722 * Modifications
29723 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29724 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29725 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29726 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29727 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29728 for undoing a repeated change command.
29729 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29730 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29731 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29732
29733 * Extensions
29734 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29735 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29736 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29737 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29738 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29739 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29740 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29741 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29742
29743 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29744
29745 \(fn)" t nil)
29746
29747 ;;;***
29748 \f
29749 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29750 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29751 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29752 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17851 10861))
29753 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29754
29755 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29756 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29757
29758 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29759
29760 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29761 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29762 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29763 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29764
29765 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29766
29767 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29768 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29769
29770 \(fn)" t nil)
29771
29772 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29773 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29774 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29775 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29776
29777 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29778
29779 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29780 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29781
29782 \(fn)" t nil)
29783
29784 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29785 Not documented
29786
29787 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29788
29789 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29790 Not documented
29791
29792 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29793
29794 ;;;***
29795 \f
29796 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29797 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29798 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17851
29799 ;;;;;; 10849))
29800 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29801
29802 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29803 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29804 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29805 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29806
29807 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29808
29809 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29810 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29811 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29812 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29813 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29814 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29815 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29816
29817 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29818
29819 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29820
29821 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29822 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29823 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29824 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29825 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29826 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29827 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29828 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29829
29830 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29831
29832 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29833
29834 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29835 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29836 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29837 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29838 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29839 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29840 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29841 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29842
29843 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29844
29845 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29846
29847 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29848 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29849 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29850 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29851 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29852 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29853 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29854
29855 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29856
29857 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29858 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29859 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29860
29861 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29862
29863 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29864 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29865 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29866 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29867 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29868 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29869 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29870 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29871
29872 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29873
29874 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29875 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29876 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29877
29878 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29879
29880 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29881 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29882 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29883 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29884 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29885 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29886 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29887 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29888
29889 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29890
29891 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29892 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29893 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29894
29895 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29896
29897 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29898 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29899 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29900
29901 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29902 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29903 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29904 read-only.
29905 \\<view-mode-map>
29906 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29907 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29908 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29909 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29910 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29911
29912 H, h, ? This message.
29913 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29914 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29915 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29916 > move to the end of buffer.
29917 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29918 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29919 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29920 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29921 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29922 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29923 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29924 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29925 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29926 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29927 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29928 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29929 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29930 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29931 Use this to view a changing file.
29932 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29933 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29934 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29935 . set the mark.
29936 x exchanges point and mark.
29937 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29938 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29939 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29940 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29941 ' go to position saved in character register.
29942 s do forward incremental search.
29943 r do reverse incremental search.
29944 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29945 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29946 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29947 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29948 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29949 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29950 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29951 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29952 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29953 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29954 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29955 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29956 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29957 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29958 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29959 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29960 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29961
29962 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29963 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29964 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29965 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29966 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29967 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29968 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29969 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29970 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29971
29972 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29973
29974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29975
29976 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29977 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29978 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29979 `view-return-to-alist'.
29980 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29981 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29982 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29983
29984 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29985 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29986 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29987 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29988 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29989 1) nil Do nothing.
29990 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29991 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29992 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29993 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29994
29995 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29996
29997 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29998
29999 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30000
30001 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30002 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30003
30004 \(fn)" t nil)
30005
30006 ;;;***
30007 \f
30008 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17851
30009 ;;;;;; 10854))
30010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30011
30012 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30013 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30014
30015 \(fn)" nil nil)
30016
30017 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30018 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30019
30020 \(fn)" t nil)
30021
30022 ;;;***
30023 \f
30024 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30025 ;;;;;; (17851 10854))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30027
30028 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30029 Toggle Viper on/off.
30030 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30031
30032 \(fn)" t nil)
30033
30034 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30035 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30036
30037 \(fn)" t nil)
30038
30039 ;;;***
30040 \f
30041 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30042 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
30043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30044
30045 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30046 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30047 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30048 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30049 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30050 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30051 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30052 the beginning of the warning.")
30053
30054 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30055 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30056 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30057 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30058 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30059 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30060 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30061 also call that function before the next warning.")
30062
30063 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30064 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30065
30066 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30067 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30068 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30069 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30070
30071 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30072 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30073 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30074 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30075 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30076 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30077
30078 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30079 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30080 Default is :warning.
30081
30082 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30083 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30084 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30085 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30086 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30087 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30088
30089 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30090 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30091
30092 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30093
30094 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30095 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30096
30097 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30098
30099 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30100 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30101 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30102 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30103
30104 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30105 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30106 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30107 can be whatever you like.)
30108
30109 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30110 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30111
30112 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30113 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30114 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30115 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30116 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30117
30118 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30119
30120 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30121 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30122 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30123 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30124 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30125
30126 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30127
30128 ;;;***
30129 \f
30130 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30131 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30132 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30133
30134 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30135 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30136 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30137 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30138 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30139 in disk.
30140
30141 See `wdired-mode'.
30142
30143 \(fn)" t nil)
30144
30145 ;;;***
30146 \f
30147 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17851 10865))
30148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30149
30150 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30151 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30152
30153 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30154 hotlist.
30155
30156 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30157 <nwv@acm.org>.
30158
30159 \(fn)" t nil)
30160
30161 ;;;***
30162 \f
30163 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30164 ;;;;;; (17851 10871))
30165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30166 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30167 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30168
30169 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30170
30171 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30172 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30173 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30176 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30177
30178 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30179
30180 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30181 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30182 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30183 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30184
30185 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30186 and off otherwise.
30187
30188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30189
30190 ;;;***
30191 \f
30192 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30193 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30194 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30195 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30196 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30197 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30198 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30199
30200 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30201 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30202
30203 \(fn)" t nil)
30204
30205 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30206 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30207
30208 \(fn)" t nil)
30209
30210 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30211 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30212
30213 \(fn)" t nil)
30214
30215 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30216 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30217
30218 \(fn)" t nil)
30219
30220 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30221 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30222
30223 \(fn)" t nil)
30224
30225 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30226 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30227 These are:
30228 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30229 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30230 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30231 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30232 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30233
30234 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30235 and:
30236 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30237 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30238
30239 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30240
30241 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30242 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30243
30244 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30245
30246 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30247 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30248 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30249 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30250 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30251
30252 \(fn)" t nil)
30253
30254 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30255 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30256
30257 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30258
30259 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30260
30261 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30262 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30263 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30266 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30267
30268 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30269
30270 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30271 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30272 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30273
30274 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30275 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30276
30277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30278
30279 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30280 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30281 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30282
30283 \(fn)" t nil)
30284
30285 ;;;***
30286 \f
30287 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30288 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17851 10849))
30289 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30290
30291 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30292 Browse the widget under point.
30293
30294 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30295
30296 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30297 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30298
30299 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30300
30301 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30302 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30303
30304 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30305
30306 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30307 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30308 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30309
30310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30311
30312 ;;;***
30313 \f
30314 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30315 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17851
30316 ;;;;;; 10849))
30317 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30318
30319 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30320 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30321
30322 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30323
30324 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30325 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30326 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30327
30328 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30329
30330 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30331 Create widget of TYPE.
30332 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30333
30334 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30335
30336 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30337 Delete WIDGET.
30338
30339 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30340
30341 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30342 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30343
30344 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30345
30346 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30347
30348 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30349 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30350 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30351
30352 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30353 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30354
30355 \(fn)" nil nil)
30356
30357 ;;;***
30358 \f
30359 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30360 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17851
30361 ;;;;;; 10849))
30362 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30363
30364 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30365 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30366 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30367 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30368 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30369 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30370 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30371
30372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30373
30374 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30375 Select the window above the current one.
30376 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30377 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30378 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30379 negative ARG) of the current window.
30380 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30381
30382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30383
30384 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30385 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30386 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30387 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30388 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30389 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30390 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30391
30392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30393
30394 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30395 Select the window below the current one.
30396 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30397 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30398 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30399 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30400 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30401
30402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30403
30404 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30405 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30406 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30407 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30408
30409 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30410
30411 ;;;***
30412 \f
30413 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30414 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30415 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30416
30417 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30418 Toggle Winner mode.
30419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30420 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30421
30422 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30423
30424 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30425 Toggle Winner mode.
30426 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30427
30428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30429
30430 ;;;***
30431 \f
30432 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30433 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17851 10849))
30434 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30435
30436 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30437 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30438 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30439 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30440 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30441 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30442 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30443 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30444
30445 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30446 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30447
30448 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30449
30450 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30451 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30452
30453 \(fn)" t nil)
30454
30455 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30456 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30457 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30458 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30459 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30460 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30461 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30462 `woman' command for further details.
30463
30464 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30465
30466 ;;;***
30467 \f
30468 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30469 ;;;;;; (17851 10854))
30470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30471
30472 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30473 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30474
30475 BUGS:
30476 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30477 are not implemented
30478 - Options for search and replace
30479 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30480 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30481
30482 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30483 Emacs-like.
30484
30485 The key bindings are:
30486
30487 C-a backward-word
30488 C-b fill-paragraph
30489 C-c scroll-up-line
30490 C-d forward-char
30491 C-e previous-line
30492 C-f forward-word
30493 C-g delete-char
30494 C-h backward-char
30495 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30496 C-j help-for-help
30497 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30498 C-l ws-repeat-search
30499 C-n open-line
30500 C-p quoted-insert
30501 C-r scroll-down-line
30502 C-s backward-char
30503 C-t kill-word
30504 C-u keyboard-quit
30505 C-v overwrite-mode
30506 C-w scroll-down
30507 C-x next-line
30508 C-y kill-complete-line
30509 C-z scroll-up
30510
30511 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30512 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30513 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30514 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30515 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30516 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30517 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30518 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30519 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30520 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30521 C-k b ws-begin-block
30522 C-k c ws-copy-block
30523 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30524 C-k f find-file
30525 C-k h ws-show-markers
30526 C-k i ws-indent-block
30527 C-k k ws-end-block
30528 C-k p ws-print-block
30529 C-k q kill-emacs
30530 C-k r insert-file
30531 C-k s save-some-buffers
30532 C-k t ws-mark-word
30533 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30534 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30535 C-k v ws-move-block
30536 C-k w ws-write-block
30537 C-k x kill-emacs
30538 C-k y ws-delete-block
30539
30540 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30541 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30542 C-o j justify-current-line
30543 C-o k kill-buffer
30544 C-o l list-buffers
30545 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30546 C-o r set-fill-column
30547 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30548 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30549 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30550 C-o wo other-window
30551 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30552
30553 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30554 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30555 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30556 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30557 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30558 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30559 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30560 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30561 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30562 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30563 C-q a ws-query-replace
30564 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30565 C-q c end-of-buffer
30566 C-q d end-of-line
30567 C-q f ws-search
30568 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30569 C-q l ws-undo
30570 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30571 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30572 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30573 C-q w ws-last-error
30574 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30575 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30576
30577 \(fn)" t nil)
30578
30579 ;;;***
30580 \f
30581 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30582 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
30583 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30584
30585 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30586 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30587 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30588 Returns the top node with all its children.
30589 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30590 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30591
30592 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30593
30594 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30595 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30596 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30597 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30598 is not well-formed XML.
30599 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30600 and returned as the first element of the list.
30601 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30602
30603 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30604
30605 ;;;***
30606 \f
30607 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17851
30608 ;;;;;; 10850))
30609 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30610
30611 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30612 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30613 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30616 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30617
30618 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30619
30620 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30621 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30622 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30623
30624 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30625 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30626 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30627 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30628 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30629 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30630
30631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30632
30633 ;;;***
30634 \f
30635 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30636 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17851 10860))
30637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30638
30639 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30640 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30641
30642 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30643
30644 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30645 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30646
30647 \(fn)" nil nil)
30648
30649 ;;;***
30650 \f
30651 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30652 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17851 10866))
30653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30654
30655 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30656 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30657
30658 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30659
30660 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30661 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30662
30663 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30664
30665 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30666 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30667 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30668
30669 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30670
30671 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30672 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30673
30674 \(fn)" t nil)
30675
30676 ;;;***
30677 \f
30678 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17851 10866))
30679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30680
30681 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30682 Zone out, completely.
30683
30684 \(fn)" t nil)
30685
30686 ;;;***
30687 \f
30688 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30689 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30690 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30691 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30692 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30694 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30695 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17851 11084 773610))
30819
30820 ;;;***
30821 \f
30822 ;; Local Variables:
30823 ;; version-control: never
30824 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30825 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30826 ;; End:
30827 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here